Today's Hours: 8:00am - 10:00pm

Books

  • Digital
    supervising editor, William B. Whitman ; editors, Paul DeVos, Jonsik Chun, Sveltlana Dedysh, Brian Hedlund, Peter Kämpfer, Fred Rainey, Martha Trujillo.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] R. Shane Tubbs, Mohammadali M. Shoja, Marios Loukas.
    Contents:
    Skull
    Hyoid bone
    Cervical vertebrae
    Thoracic vertebrae
    Lumbar vertebrae
    Sacrococcygeal vertebrae
    Scapula
    Clavicle
    Humerus
    Radius ulna carpals metacarpals and phalanges
    Ribs and sternum
    Pelvic bones
    Bones of the lower limb
    Temporomandibular joint
    Shoulder joint
    Elbow joint
    Wrist and hand joints
    Sacroiliac joints
    Hip joint
    Knee joint
    Ankle and foot joints
    Orbital muscles
    Middle ear muscles
    Facial muscles and muscles of mastication
    Anterior neck muscles
    Pharyngeal muscles
    Soft palate and tongue muscles
    Prevertebral and craniocervical junction muscles
    Laryngeal muscles
    Back muscles
    Scapulohumeral muscles
    Arm muscles
    Forearm muscles
    Hand intrinsic muscles
    Thoracic wall muscles
    Abdominal wall muscles
    Pelvic diaphragm and external anal sphincter
    Perineal muscles
    Gluteal muscles
    Thigh muscles
    Leg muscles
    Intrinsic muscles of the foot
    Internal carotid artery and anterior cerebral circulation
    Vertebrobasilar arteries
    Persistent fetal intracranial arteries
    Common carotid and cervical internal carotid arteries
    External carotid artery
    Vertebral artery
    Thoracic aorta
    Coronary arteries
    Pulmonary arteries
    Subclavian artery
    Upper limb arteries
    Abdominal aorta
    Renal arteries
    Internal iliac arteries
    Lower limb arteries
    Arteries of the spinal cord
    Diploic veins
    Dural venous sinuses
    Cerebral veins
    Emissary veins
    Veins of the neck
    Veins of the upper limb
    Intrathoracic veins
    Cardiac veins
    Pulmonary veins
    Inferior vena cava portal and hepatic venous systems
    Adrenal renal gonadal azygos hemiazygos lumbar and ascending lumbar veins
    Iliac veins
    Veins of the lower limb
    Venous drainage of the spinal cord
    Thymus
    Tonsils
    Thoracic duct chyle cistern and right lymphatic duct
    Lymphatics of the lower limb
    Forebrain
    Cerebral ventricles
    Pons medulla oblongata and cerebellum
    Subarachnoid space
    Meninges
    Spinal cord and associated structures
    Cranial nerves N-VI
    Facial nerve
    Vestibulocochlear nerve
    Glossopharyngeal nerve
    Vagus accessory and hypoglossal nerves
    Autonomic nervous system
    Spinal nerves
    Cervical plexus
    Nerves of the upper extremity
    Lumbosacral plexus
    Facial asymmetry
    Eyelids eyelashes and eyebrows
    Eye and lacrimal apparatus
    Lateral nasal wall and paranasal sinuses
    Ear
    Salivary glands and ducts
    Thyroid gland
    Parathyroid glands
    Laryngeal cartilages
    Trachea
    Lungs
    Heart
    Esophagus
    Stomach
    Gallbladder and extrahepatic bile ducts
    Liver
    Pancreas
    Spleen
    Small intestines appendix and colon
    Sigmoid colon rectum and anus
    Kidney urinary bladder and ureter
    Adrenal gland
    Male genitourinary system
    Female genital system
    Placenta and umbilical cord
    Breast.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Carol D. Berkowitz
    Summary: Berkowitz's Pediatrics is the first choice of textbook reference for pediatricians, residents, and medical students! The newly revised and expanded 6th edition provides clear, practice-oriented guidance on the core knowledge in pediatrics

    Contents:
    Intro
    Part 1: Primary Care: Skills and Concepts
    1. Primary Care: Introduction
    2. Talking With Parents
    3. Talking With Children
    4. Talking With Adolescents
    5. Telephone Management and E-medicine
    6. Informatics
    7. Counseling Families About Internet Use
    8. Cultural Competency Issues in Pediatrics
    9. Global Child Health
    10. Child Advocacy
    Part 2: Principles of Health Care and Pediatric Management
    11. Health Systems Science
    12. Population Health for Pediatricians
    13. Principles of Pediatric Therapeutics
    14. Pediatric Pain and Symptom Management 15. Complementary and Integrative Medicine in Pediatric Primary Care
    16. Principles of Pediatric Surgery
    17. Image Gently Approach to Pediatric Imaging
    18. Simulation in Pediatric Health Care
    19. Pediatric Hospital Medicine
    20. Pediatric Genomic Medicine
    21. Principles of Quality Improvement: Improving Health Care for Pediatric Patients
    22. Pediatric Palliative Care: Principles and Practice
    Part 3: Health Maintenance and Anticipatory Guidance
    23. Neonatal Examination and Nursery Visit
    24. Maternal Perinatal Mood and Anxiety Disorders: The Role of the Pediatrician 25. Newborn Screening
    26. Caring for Twins and Higher-Order Multiples
    27. Male Circumcision
    28. Nutritional Needs
    29. Breastfeeding
    30. Sleep: Normal Patterns and Common Disorders
    31. Oral Health and Dental Disorders
    32. Normal Development and Developmental Surveillance, Screening, and Evaluation
    33. Speech and Language Development: Normal Patterns and Common Disorders
    34. Literacy Promotion in Pediatric Practice
    35. Gifted Children
    36. Children and School: A Primer for the Practitioner
    37. Immunizations 38. Health Maintenance in Older Children and Adolescents
    39. Health Care for International Adoptees
    40. Health Care Needs of Children in Foster Care
    41. Working With Immigrant Children and Their Families
    42. Well-Child Care for Children With Trisomy 21 (Down Syndrome)
    43. Well-Child Care for Preterm Infants
    44. Care of Children With Special Health Care Needs
    45. Injury Prevention
    46. Fostering Self-esteem
    47. Sibling Rivalry
    48. Toilet Training
    49. Crying and Colic
    50. Discipline
    51. Temper Tantrums
    52. Breath-Holding Spells 53. Fears, Phobias, and Anxiety
    54. Thumb-sucking and Other Habits
    55. Enuresis
    56. Encopresis
    Part 4: Adolescent Health
    57. Culturally Competent Care for Diverse Populations: Sexual Orientation and Gender Expression
    58. Reproductive Health
    59. Vaginitis
    60. Sexually Transmitted Infections
    61. Menstrual Disorders
    62. Disorders of the Breast
    63. Substance Use/Abuse
    64. Eating Disorders
    65. Body Modification: Tattooing and Body Piercing
    66. Depression and Suicide in Adolescents
    Part 5: Acute and Emergent Problems
    67. Fever and Bacteremia
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Bruce M. Koeppen, Bruce A. Stanton ; associate editors, Julianne M. Hall, Agnieszka Swiatecka-Urban.
    Summary: " Pairing necessary detail with concise readability, Berne & Levy Physiology, 8th Edition, provides a perfect balance of content to deliver an in-depth understanding of the body's dynamic processes. Long respected for its scientifically rigorous approach, this highly regarded, mid-size text offers essential physiology with integrated coverage of biophysics andkey experimental observations and examples—all designed to provide a solid scientific foundation in physiology for future scientists and clinicians. Uses a logical, organ system-based approach that clearly describes all of the mechanisms that control and regulate bodily function. Includes new clinical case examples, as well as In the Clinic and At the Molecular Level boxes that highlight practical aspects of this fundamental science. Provides key experimental observations and examples that offer a rich understanding of the body's dynamic processes. Discusses recent discoveries such as the role of lymphatics in the nervous system. Begins each chapter with a bulleted list of questions and ends with key concepts covered in that chapter. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices. " -- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    Jeffrey J. Peterson.
    Summary: "Berquist's Musculoskeletal Imaging Companion is a practical quick-reference guide to the radiologic diagnosis of musculoskeletal disorders. It presents over 1500 large, clear images of common diseases, disorders, and injuries, accompanied by succinct, bulleted "key facts" about the clinical and imaging features of each condition. Chapters cover all anatomic regions and disease entities, imaging of orthopaedic appliances and prostheses, and detailed protocols for all current imaging modalities. The book demonstrates the utility of multiple modalities in specific situations and recommends the best, most cost-effective approach"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2018
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA981.A2 B47 2016
    1
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA981.A2 B47 2017
    1
  • Digital
    Tytgat, G. N. J.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Woolf, Anthony D.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Summary: This book aims to disseminate and review the latest interdisciplinary medical knowledge to provide information on best clinical practice for difficult-to-treat conditions. The chapters address various aspects and approaches to the management of medical conditions that are not fully understood. This is exemplified by complex immune and inflammatory interactions in cancer development and survival-prolonging repeat surgery for pulmonary metastases or advances in craniotomy techniques for intracranial hemorrhage. Other chapters address the quality of life of patients after pyeloplasty, parathyroidectomy, or physically debilitating ankylosing spondylitis. Additional chapters address primary ciliopathies, a group of unclear genetic disorders affecting airway function, and dysfunctional airway remodeling underlying proinflammatory molecular mechanisms. The last few chapters address advances in the use of artificial intelligence for health management and in-silico experiments, which is gaining importance in a variety of difficult-to-control conditions, such as endoprosthetic fixation in orthopedics. The book is dedicated to expanding knowledge in medical care by facilitating communication and discussion across medical disciplines. It is intended for clinical specialists, general practitioners, researchers, and members of all healthcare professions.

    Contents:
    Artificial Intelligence in the Health Care System: An Overview
    Complex interaction among immune, inflammatory, and carcinogenic mechanisms in the head and neck squamous cell carcinoma
    Outcomes of Repeat Pulmonary Metastasectomy: An Evidence Review
    Quality of Life of Patients after Laparoscopic Pyeloplasty Due to Ureteropelvic Junction Obstruction: A Long-Term Observation
    Causes and Effects of Introducing Surgery Safety Checklist: A review
    Benefit of Biological Drugs for Quality of Life in Patients with Ankylosing Spondylitis: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of Clinical Trials
    Changes of Motile Ciliary Phenotype in Patients with Primary Ciliopathies
    Effects of Inhalation of STIM-Orai Antagonist SKF 96365 on Ovalbumin-Induced Airway Remodeling in Guinea Pigs
    In Silico Analysis of Bone Tension during Fixation of the Medial Malleolus Fracture after Ankle Joint Endoprosthesis
    Effects of Physical Activity at High Altitude on Hormonal Profiles in Foreign Trekkers and Indigenous Nepalese Porters
    Influence of Parathyroidectomy on Sleep Quality in Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Mini Craniotomy in the Management of Supra-Tentorial Spontaneous Intracranial Hemorrhage; a Single-Center Outcome of the Minimally Invasive Treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editor, Bruce Ovbiagele.
    Contents:
    Best practices in neurological care / Bruce Ovbiagele
    Epilepsy / Omotola A. Hope & Jeremy Lankford
    Parkinson's disease / Jori Fleisher & Nabila Dahodwala
    Neuromuscular diseases / Hajime Tokuno, Pooia Fattahi & Huned S. Patwa
    Dementia / Liana G. Apostolova
    Headache / Charles C. Flippen II
    Brain tumor management / Seema Nagpal, Scott G. Soltys, Gordon Li, Griffith Harsh & Lawrence Recht
    Neuroinfectious diseases / David Croteau
    Stroke / Shelly Ozark, Diana Goodman & Christine Holmstedt
    Multiple sclerosis / Lily Jung Henson
    Evidence-based therapies in neurologic rehabilitation / Bruce H. Dobkin & Andrew Dorsch
    Neurocritical care / Paul Vespa & Vikas Grover
    Palliative care in neurology / Eli L. Diamond & Alan C. Carver
    Index.
    Digital Access TandFonline [2014]
  • Digital
    Syed A. Abutalib, Anand Padmanabhan, Huy P. Pham, Nina Worel, editors.
    Summary: In this book, world-renowned experts in the field of hematopoietic cell transplantation examine a range of issues and controversies relating to apheresis, with the aim of identifying current trends and best practices. Readers will find up-to-date guidance on donor evaluation, CD34+ cell mobilization strategies, options and selection of apheresis device, anticoagulation techniques in apheresis, the role of prediction algorithms in determining procedure eligibility and length, and the prevention and management of complications. Applications of apheresis devices in the processing of bone marrow grafts are discussed, and detailed attention is devoted to the indications and rationale for therapeutic apheresis procedures, with individual chapters focusing on therapeutic plasma exchange and immunoadsorption, red cell exchange, and extracorporeal photopheresis. Finally, the applications of apheresis in pediatric donors and in resource-limiting environments are considered. This book, featuring numerous helpful tables, algorithms, and figures, will be of high practical value for residents, fellows, faculty members and other healthcare personnel involved in hematopoietic cell transplantation.

    Contents:
    Introduction and Rationale
    Administrative and Regulatory considerations
    FACT & JACIE Inspections: How to address and avoid common citations
    Donor Evaluation for Hematopoietic Stem and Progenitor Cell Collection
    Mobilization Strategies for HPC (A) collections in Autologous
    Mobilization Strategies for HPC (A) collections in Allogeneic Donors
    HPC (A) and Lymphocyte Collection: Technical Devices (Optia, Amicus, others) and operating parameters
    Anticoagulation and Other Peri-procedural Considerations for Apheresis
    Hematopoietic Stem and Progenitor Cell Collection: Prediction algorithms
    Applications of Apheresis Devices in Processing Bone Marrow Grafts
    Therapeutic Plasma Exchange and Immuoadsorption: Indications and implementation
    Red cell exchange: When and Why?
    Extracorporeal Photopheresis in Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation
    Prevention and Management of Apheresis Complications
    Application of Apheresis in Pediatric Donors: Clinical and Technical Aspects
    Challenges and Optimization of Apheresis Procedures in Resource-limiting Environments.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Ari Shapiro.
    Summary: "In his first book, broadcaster Ari Shapiro takes us around the globe to reveal the stories behind narratives that are sometimes heartwarming, sometimes heartbreaking, but always poignant. He details his time traveling on Air Force One with President Obama, or following the path of Syrian refugees fleeing war, or learning from those fighting for social justice both at home and abroad. As the self-reinforcing bubbles we live in become more impenetrable, Ari Shapiro keeps seeking ways to help people listen to one another; to find connection and commonality with those who may seem different; to remind us that, before religion, or nationality, or politics, we are all human. The Best Strangers in the World is a testament to one journalist's passion for Considering All Things-and sharing what he finds with the rest of us"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction : thank you for listening
    Nature boy
    Impact
    Happy endings
    Musical interlude 1 : je ne veux pas travailler
    The bubble
    War people in war places
    War people in other places
    The other man I married
    The third rail of journalism
    The best strangers in the world
    The whole world falls in
    Answers versus questions
    You can't see schvitz on the radio
    Musical interlude 2 : crowd surfing with cigarettes
    You can't kill me. I'm an idea. I'm timeless
    Playing favorites.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Audiobook (1 concurrent user)
    2023 Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
    Fulltext (1 concurrent user)
    2023 Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    PN4874 .S24 2023
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Marco Fioroni, Tamara Dworeck, Francisco Rodriguez-Ropero.
    Summary: β-barrel outer membrane channel proteins (OMP) have great potential as robust and flexible models or components in nanotechnology. Over the last decade biotechnological techniques allowed to expand the natural characteristics of OMPs by modifying their geometry and properties without affecting the overall protein structure and stability. The present book is oriented towards a broad group of readers including graduate students and advanced researchers. The β-barrel structure serviceability for the nano-material design will be its chief topic giving a general introduction to the field of OMP based nano-component development as well as the state of the art of the involved research. On the example of the E. coli FhuA the transformation of an OMP into a tailored nano-channel to be adapted to a non-biological synthetic (i.e. polymer) environment, rendering it competitive with artificial non-biological nano-pores will be outlined specifically the design of a set of protein nano-channels with tailored geometry (diameter, length), conductance and functionality will be reported as a case study. In order to make this book a valuable source of information for both biotechnologists and other scientists interested in bio-nanotechnology an overview of the different steps involved in the nano-channel protein design and production will be reported. The scientific strategy from concept design, theoretical considerations, genetic engineering and large scale production, to system assembly and biophysical characterization with an overview on technological applications including membrane/polymersome technology, will be described.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Biology
    Biophysical Characterization
    Theoretical Considerations and Computational Tools
    Biotechnology
    Technological Applications
    Final Considerations.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Enrico Biancardi, Leonard W. Panella, J. Mitchell McGrath, editors.
    Summary: This book offers definitive coverage of the sea beet, the wild ancestor of all cultivated beets, which grows mainly on Mediterranean shores. The editors have collected both scientific and historical source material, illustrations and references.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgements; About This Book; Note to the Reader; Contents; Affiliation of Editors and Collaborators; Abbreviations; 1 History and Current Importance; 1.1 Predomestication; 1.2 Domestication; 1.3 Athens and Rome; 1.4 Middle Age; 1.5 Renaissance; 1.6 Age of Science; 1.7 State-of-the-Art and Prospects; References; 2 Range of Distribution; References; 3 Morphology; 3.1 Seed; 3.2 Leaves; 3.3 Root; 3.4 Color; 3.5 Seed Stalk; 3.6 Flower; 3.7 Pollen; 3.8 Chemical Composition; References; 4 Physiology; 4.1 Seed Germination; 4.2 Seed Dormancy; 4.3 Chromosome Number 10 Application of Biotechnology10.1 Evolution of DNA Marker Technology (Piergiorgio Stevanato); 10.2 Genomes and Genome Editing (J. Mitchell McGrath); 10.3 Development and Perspectives (J. Mitchell McGrath and Piergiorgio Stevanato); 10.4 Climate Change (J. Mitchell McGrath and Piergiorgio Stevanato); 10.5 Germplasm Conservation and Utilization (J. Mitchell McGrath and Piergiorgio Stevanato); 10.6 Transgenes Spread (J. Mitchell McGrath and Piergiorgio Stevanato); 10.7 Identification of New Traits (J. Mitchell McGrath and Piergiorgio Stevanato) 10.8 Conclusion (J. Mitchell McGrath and Piergiorgio Stevanato)References; Appendix A Scientists and Researchers Involved in Beta maritima; References; Appendix B Lifespan of Authors and Scientists Cited in the Text; Appendix C Beta Chronology; Appendix D Synonyms of Beta maritima(*); Appendix E Essential References; WEB Sites; Libraries 4.4 Self-incompatibility4.5 Male Sterility; 4.6 Self-fertility; 4.7 Flowering; 4.8 Growth Habit; 4.9 Life Span; 4.10 Age at Maturity; 4.11 Reproductive Systems; 4.11.1 Gynodioecy; 4.11.2 Sex Ratio; References; 5 Ecology; 5.1 Survival Strategies; 5.2 Dispersal; 5.3 Gene Flow; References; 6 Taxonomy, Phylogeny, and the Genepool; 6.1 Pre-Linnaean Systems; 6.2 Post-Linnaean and Current Classification; 6.3 Phylogeny; 6.4 The Genepool; References; 7 Uses; 7.1 Medicinal Uses; 7.2 Food Uses; 7.3 Other Uses; References; 8 Source of Useful Traits; 8.1 Resistances to Biotic Stresses 8.1.1 Yellowing Viruses8.1.2 Beet Mosaic Virus; 8.1.3 Rhizomania; 8.1.4 Beet Curly Top Virus; 8.1.5 Powdery Mildew; 8.1.6 Root Rots; 8.1.7 Cercospora Leaf Spot; 8.1.8 Polymyxa Betae; 8.1.9 Black Root; 8.1.10 Minor Fungal Diseases; 8.1.11 Nematodes; 8.1.12 Insects; 8.1.13 Multiple Resistances; 8.2 Resistances to Abiotic Stresses; 8.2.1 Drought and Heat Tolerance; 8.2.2 Salinity Tolerance; 8.3 Other Traits; References; 9 Cultivated Offspring; 9.1 Leaf Beet; 9.2 Garden Beet; 9.3 Fodder Beet; 9.4 Sugar Beet; 9.5 Energy Beet; 9.6 Ornamental Beet; 9.7 Weed Beets; References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Jame Abraham, James L. Gulley, Carmen J. Allegra.
    Contents:
    Head and neck cancer
    Non-small cell lung cancer
    Small cell lung cancer
    Esophageal cancer
    Gastric cancers
    Biliary tract cancers
    Primary cancers of the liver
    Colorectal cancer
    Pancreatic cancer
    Anal cancer
    Other gastrointestinal tumors
    Breast cancer
    Renal cell cancer
    Prostate cancer
    Bladder cancer
    Testicular carcinoma
    Ovarian cancer
    Endometrial cancer
    Cervical cancer
    Vulvar cancer
    Sarcomas and malignancies of the bone
    Skin cancers and melanoma
    Acute leukemia
    Chronic lymphoid leukemias
    Chronic myeloid leukemia
    Chronic myeloproliferative neoplasms
    Multiple myeloma
    Non-Hodgkin lymphoma
    Hodgkin lymphoma
    Hematopoietic cell transplantation
    Carcinoma of unknown primary
    Central nervous system tumors
    Endocrine tumors
    Hematopoietic growth factors
    Infectious complications in oncology
    Oncologic emergencies and paraneoplastic syndromes
    Psychopharmacologic management in oncology
    Management of emesis
    Medical nutrition therapy
    Pain and palliative care
    Central venous access device
    Procedures in medical oncology
    Diagnosis-driven individualization of cancer care
    Basic principles of radiation oncology
    Clinical genetics
    Anticancer agents.
    Digital Access Ovid 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Jame Abraham, James L. Gulley.
    Summary: "The Bethesda Handbook of Clinical Oncology is a clear, concise, and comprehensive reference book for the busy clinician to use in his or her daily patient encounters. The book has been compiled by clinicians who are working at the National Cancer Institute, National Institutes of Health, Cleveland Clinic, M.D. Anderson, Mayo Clinic as well as scholars from other academic institutions. To limit the size of the book, less space is dedicated to etiology, pathophysiology, and epidemiology and greater emphasis is placed on practical clinical information. For easy accessibility to the pertinent information, long descriptions are avoided, and more tables, pictures, algorithms, and phrases are included."--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Head and neck
    Non-small cell lung cancer.
    Digital Access Ovid 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Jame Abraham, James L. Gulley.
    Summary: "The Bethesda Handbook of Clinical Oncology is a clear, concise, and comprehensive reference book for the busy clinician to use in their daily patient encounters and for board review. The book has been compiled by clinicians who are working at the National Cancer Institute, National Institutes of Health, Cleveland Clinic, M.D. Anderson, Mayo Clinic as well as experts from other academic institutions. To limit the size of the book, less space is dedicated to etiology, pathophysiology, and epidemiology and greater emphasis is placed on practical clinical information. For easy accessibility to the pertinent information, long descriptions are avoided, and more tables, pictures, algorithms, and phrases are included. The Bethesda Handbook of Clinical Oncology is not intended as a substitute for the many excellent oncology reference textbooks available that are essential for a more complete understanding of the pathophysiology and management of complicated oncology patients. We hope that the reader-friendly format with its comprehensive review of the management of each disease with treatment regimens, including dosing and schedule, makes this book unique and useful for hematology/oncologists, advanced practice providers, hematology and oncology fellows, residents, students, oncology nurses, and allied health professionals"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2023
  • Digital
    Ritu Nayar, David C. Wilbur, editors.
    Summary: This book offers clear, up-to-date guidance on how to report cytologic findings in cervical, vaginal and anal samples in accordance with the 2014 Bethesda System Update. The new edition has been expanded and revised to take into account the advances and experience of the past decade. A new chapter has been added, the terminology and text have been updated, and various terminological and morphologic questions have been clarified. In addition, new images are included that reflect the experience gained with liquid-based cytology since the publication of the last edition in 2004. Among more than 300 images, some represent classic examples of an entity while others illustrate interpretative dilemmas, borderline cytomorphologic features or mimics of epithelial abnormalities. The Bethesda System for Reporting Cervical Cytology, with its user-friendly format, is a must have for pathologists, cytopathologists, pathology residents, cytotechnologists, and clinicians.

    Contents:
    Specimen Adequacy
    Non-Neoplastic Findings
    Endometrial Cells: The How and When of Reporting
    Atypical Squamous
    Epithelial Abnormalities: Squamous
    Epithelial Abnormalities: Glandular
    Other Malignant
    Anal-Rectal Cytology
    Ancillary Testing
    Computer-Assisted Interpretation of Cervical Cytology
    Educational Notes and Suggestions Appended to Cytology Reports.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Leonid Padyukov.
    Summary: Between the Lines of Genetic Code lays out methodologies and tools for the measurement and evaluation of gene-gene and gene-environment studies and gives perspective on the future of this discipline. The book begins by defining terms for interaction studies, describing methodologies, and critically assessing the viability of current study designs and the possibilities for integrating designs. It then provides recent applications data with case studies in rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, myositis and other complex human diseases. Last, it examines current studies and directions for future applications in patient care. Recent multivariate studies show that gene-gene and gene-environment interactions can explain significant variances in inheritance that have previously been undetectable in univariate analysis. These links among genes and between genes and their environments during the development of diseases may serve as important hints for understanding pathogenic mechanisms and for developing new tools for prognosis, diagnosis, and treatment of various diseases. Systematically integrates methods of defining and detecting gene interactions to provide an overview of the field. Critically analyzes current methods and tools to aid researchers in integrating gene interaction studies Includes examples of current biomedical applications and presents current research expected to shape clinical research in the near future.

    Contents:
    Terminology and definitions for interaction studies
    Reducing dimensionality in the search for gene-gene interactions
    Study design for interaction analyses
    High-throughput genetic interaction study
    Gene-gene and gene : environmental interaction in rheumatoid arthritis
    Genetic and environmental risk factors for multiple sclerosis : a role for interaction analysis
    Gene-gene and gene : environmental interactions in defining risk and spectrum of phenotypes in idiopathic inflammatory myopathies
    Functional studies of gene-gene interaction of autoimmune diseases
    Genetic vectors approach in a study of fine structure of interaction between risk haplotype of HTR2A and HLA-DRB1 shared epitope alleles in rheumatoid arthritis
    Network biology empowering detection and understanding of interactions between genetic factors in development of complex phenotypes
    Conclusions.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Ta-Nehisi Coates.
    Summary: In a profound work that pivots from the biggest questions about American history and ideals to the most intimate concerns of a father for his son, Ta-Nehisi Coates offers a powerful new framework for understanding our nation's history and current crisis. Americans have built an empire on the idea of "race," a falsehood that damages us all but falls most heavily on the bodies of black women and men--bodies exploited through slavery and segregation, and, today, threatened, locked up, and murdered out of all proportion. What is it like to inhabit a black body and find a way to live within it? And how can we all honestly reckon with this fraught history and free ourselves from its burden? "I know that this book is addressed to the author's son, and by obvious analogy to all boys and young men of color as they pass, inexorably, into harm's way. I hope that I will be forgiven, then, for feeling that Coates was speaking to me, too, one father to another, teaching me that real courage is the courage to be vulnerable."--Michael Chabon "A work of rare beauty ... a love letter written in a moral emergency, one that Coates exposes with the precision of an autopsy and the force of an exorcism."--Slate. From the Hardcover edition.

    Contents:
    Prologue : the talk
    Part 1. Between the world and me
    The changes
    The second change : Malcolm and the body
    The third change : Mecca and the death of mythology
    Part 2. The sooty details of the scene
    The fourth change : New York and the death of mercy
    The fifth change : Gettysburg and the long war
    The sixth change : Chicago and the streets
    Part 3. A grassy clearing
    The seventh change : eyes open to the world
    The eighth change : the blast
    Epilogue : into the world.
    Digital Access OverDrive 2015
    Limited to 2 simultaneous usersSUNet ID login required
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    E185.615 .C6335 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Ted Wilson, Norman J. Temple, editors.
    Contents:
    Part 1: Introduction to Beverages
    How Beverages Impact Health and Nutrition
    A Brief History of Human Beverage Consumption: Pre-History to the Present
    Part 2: Health Effects of Coffee, Tea, Wine, Alcohol, and Juices
    Coffee consumption and its impact on health
    Health Benefits of Tea Consumption
    What are the Health Implications of Alcohol Consumption?- Nonalcoholic Components of Wine and Atherosclerotic Cardiovascular Disease
    Cranberry Juice: Effects on Health
    Citrus Juices Health Benefits
    Part 3: Health Effects of Milk: Dairy, Soy and Breast
    Effect of Cow's Milk on Human Health
    Are soy-milk products viable alternatives to cow's milk?- Human Milk and Infant Formula: Nutritional Content and Health Benefits
    Part 4: Beverage Health Effects on Energy Balance, Diabetes, and in Older Adults.-Beverages, satiation, satiety, and energy balance
    Beverage Considerations for Persons with Metabolic Syndrome and Diabetes Mellitus
    Oral Nutritional Supplementation Using Beverages for Older Adults
    Part 5: Health Effects of Sports Drinks, Energy Drinks and Water
    Sports Beverages for Optimizing Physical Performance
    Energy Drinks: the Elixirs of Our Time
    The Nutritional Value of Bottled Water
    Part 6: Marketing of Soft Drinks and Effects of Beverage Sweeteners
    Marketing of Soft Drinks to Children and Adolescents: Why we Need Government Policies
    Sugar in Beverages: Effects on Human Health
    High fructose corn syrup use in beverages: Composition, manufacturing, properties, consumption, and health effects
    Part 7: Beverage Mechanics: Color, Taste, Labeling, and Ingredient Function
    The crucial role of color in the perception of beverages
    Functions of Common Beverage Ingredients
    Labeling Requirements for Beverages in the United States
    Part 8: What is the Future of What We Will Chose to Drink?- Beverage Trends Affect Future Nutritional Health Impact.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    Matteo Tardelli, PHD.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BioSciences Career Center Collection (Duck Room)
    Prof Dev 143
    1
  • Digital
    A. George Awad, Lakshmi N.P. Voruganti, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I:Basic and Conceptual Issues
    Schizophrenia and it's sequelae
    Issues that slowed progress in the assessment of health-related quality of life in schizophrenia
    Social cognition and health-related quality of life in schizophrenia
    Conceptual issues in cultural adaptation and the role of culture in assessment of health-related quality of life in schizophrenia
    Part II:Methodological Issues
    A review of quality of life assessment measures in schizophrenia
    limitations and future developments
    a review
    Assessment of burden of care and quality of life of caregivers in schizophrenia
    Electronic technology and advances in assessment of outcomes
    Modern psychometric approaches to analysis of scales for health-related quality of life
    Part III:Beyond Assessment of Quality of Life in Schizophrenia
    Health-related quality of life as an outcome and mediator of other outcomes
    Using routine quality of life assessment to improve effectiveness of community mental health care
    Quality of life assessments in the development and clinical trials of new antipsychotics
    pharmaceutical industry perspective
    Quality of life and health-costs
    the feasibility of cost-utility analysis in schizophrenia
    Health-related quality of life in schizophrenia: health policy and resource allocation
    Beyond assessment of quality of life in schizophrenia: cultural, clinical and research perspectives from India
    a case study
    Part IV:Reinventing Quality of Life in Schizophrenia
    Concluding remarks and future challenges.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Suzanne Waddill-Goad, DNP, MBA, BSN, RN, CEN, CHC.
    Summary: "The healthcare profession typically attracts those who give deeply of themselves to make a positive difference in other people's lives. But that giving can come at a significant price: Burnout. While the healthcare vocation offers myriad options in work settings and career paths, it can also involve tremendous amounts of stress because of long shifts, mental and physical exhaustion, patient challenges, and regulatory changes. When stress and fatigue overtake a healthcare provider's ability to prioritize self-care, burnout is often the result, leading to compromises in quality and patient safety. Since the publication of the first edition of this book, the COVID-19 pandemic has only added dramatically to nurses' stress, exacerbating existing problems with strained resources and labor shortages. In Beyond Burnout, 2nd edition, author Suzanne Waddill-Goad adds new strategies and up-to-date, data-driven information for building resilience and practicing self-care so that nurses and other healthcare workers can navigate their increasingly challenging environment while reducing stress and preventing burnout"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access R2Library 2023
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Juan F. Barrera.
    Summary: About 15 years ago, we asked ourselves why the methods developed by the research institutions for the management of pests were almost not used by small landholder farmers. It seemed obvious to us that conventional pest control -called "Integrated Pest Management"- was based on a reductionist approach. In reviewing the literature on the subject, we found that our concern was not new or unique. The agreement of some authors with our ideas reinforced our efforts to find a holistic approach to pest management. We took two central ideas to develop the holistic approach: First, pest management actions must put the farmer at the center of the system. Second, pest management must consider not only both pests but the other important components of the system in question. This approach based on the farmers and the systems in which they are immersed, is called "Holistic Pest Management" or HPM. In this book, I present the philosophy and practice of HPM, a new paradigm of pest management.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction: Beyond IPM
    2. The Nature of Integrated Pest Management
    3. The Need for a Holistic Approach to Pest Management
    4. Theoretical Support of Holistic Pest Management
    5. Methods for analysis of Holistic Pest Management
    6. Implementing Holistic Pest Management
    7. Holistic Science in Pest Management: Winds of Change.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Susan Kuklin.
    Summary: "Author and photographer Susan Kuklin met and interviewed six transgender or gender-neutral young adults and used her considerable skills to represent them thoughtfully and respectfully before, during, and after their personal acknowledgment of gender preference. Portraits, family photographs, and candid images grace the pages, augmenting the emotional and physical journey each youth has taken. Each honest discussion and disclosure, whether joyful or heartbreaking, is completely different from the other because of family dynamics, living situations, gender, and the transition these teens make in recognition of their true selves."--Amazon.com, viewed February 12, 2014.

    Contents:
    Spectrum. Jessy : the house of my soul ; Christina : every girl is different ; Mariah : the real deal ; Cameron : variables ; Nat : something else
    Lifeline. Luke : untouchable
    Notes and resources. About the Callen-Lorde community health center ; Q & A with Dr. Manel Silva ; About Proud Theater.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    HQ77.9 .K85 2014
    1
  • Digital
    edited by John A. Herrmann and Yvette J. Johnson-Walker, University of Illinois, IL, USA.
    Summary: Tackling One Health from a multi-disciplinary perspective, this book offers in-depth insight into how our health and the health of every living creature and our ecosystem are all inextricably connected. Presents critical population health topics, written by an international group of experts Addresses the technical aspects of the subject Offers potential policy solutions to help mitigate current threats and prevent additional threats from occurring

    Contents:
    Epidemiology : science as a tool to inform One Health policy / Yvette Johnson-Walker and John Kaneene
    Health impacts in a changing climate / Donald J. Wuebbles
    Food safety and security / Megin Nichols, Lauren Stevenson, Casey Barton Behravesh, and Robert Tauxe
    Water security in a changing world / Jeffrey M. Levengood, Ari Hörman, Marja-Liisa Hänninen, and Kevin O'Brien
    One toxicology, One Health, one planet / Daniel Hryhorczuk, Val R. Beasley, Robert Poppenga, and Timur Durani
    Biodiversity and health / Dominic A. Travis, Jonathan D. Alpern, Matteo Convertino, Meggan Craft, Thomas R. Gillespie, Shaun Kennedy, Cheryl Robertson, Christopher A. Shaffer, and William Stauffer
    Emerging infectious diseases : old nemesis, new challenges / Ronald C. Hershow and Kenneth E. Nusbaum
    Companion animals and health / Sandi LeFebvre and Robert V. Ellis
    Zoological institutions and One Health / Thomas Meehan and Yvonne Nadler
    Health leadership and policy / William D. Hueston, Ed G.M. van Klink, and Innocent B. Rwego
    Implementing One Health / Laura Kahn
    The social cost of carbon / William J. Craven
    Complex problems, progressive policy solutions and One Health / John A. Herrmann
    The long and winding road / John A. Herrmann and Yvette Johnson-Walker.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Raffaele Teperino, editor.
    Summary: The genotype/phenotype dichotomy is being slowly replaced by a more complex relationship whereby the majority of phenotypes arise from interactions between ones genotype and the environment in which one lives. Interestingly, it seems that not only our lives, but also our ancestors lives, determine how we look. This newly recognized form of inheritance is known as (epi)genetic, as it involves an additional layer of information on top of the one encoded by the genes. Its discovery has constituted one of the biggest paradigm shifts in biology in recent years. Understanding epigenetic factors may help explain the pathogenesis of several complex human diseases (such as diabetes, obesity and cancer) and provide alternative paths for disease prevention, management and therapy. This book introduces the reader to the importance of the environment for our own health and the health of our descendants, sheds light on the current knowledge on epigenetic inheritance and opens a window to future developments in the field.

    Contents:
    Section I: The physiology of the gene/environment interaction
    Nutrition
    Physical Exercise
    Circadian Rhythm
    Toxicants: Smoke, Alcohol and Heavy Metals
    Hormones
    Section II: Gene-Environment Interaction and Disease Susceptibility
    Obesity and Metabolic Syndromes
    Cancer
    Neurological and Psychiatric Disorders
    Asthma and allergic disorders
    Lamarck Versus Darwin: The Concept of Aquired Epigenetic Inheritance
    Section III: Genome/Epigenome
    Genetic Contribution to Epigenetic Inheritance
    The Controversial Role of DNA Methylation in Epigenetic Inheritance
    Small Non-Coding RNAs
    Chromatin Modifiers
    Soma-to-Germline Information Transfer: Questions and Promises.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by William F. Malcolm, MD, Associate Professor of Pediatrics, Director, Intermediate Level Nurseries, Division of Neonatal-Perinatal Medicine, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, North Carolina ; consultants, Ricki F. Goldstein, MD, Professor of Pediatrics, Director, High-Risk Infant Follow-Up Program, Division of Neonatal-Perinatal Medicine, Duke University Medical Center, durham, North Carolina, Richard J. Martin, MD, Drusinsky-Fanaroff Chair in Neonatology, Professor of Pediatrics, Rainbow Babies & Children's Hospital, Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, Ohio, Betty Vohr, MD, Professor of Pediatrics, Medical Director, Neonatal Follow-Up Program, Women & Infants Hospital, Alpert Medical School of Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island.
    Summary: "Beyond the NICU: Comprehensive Care of the High-Risk Infant delivers practical, evidence-based strategies for the care of convalescing NICU graduates in both inpatient and outpatient settings. In four sections, the book covers common problems shared by high-risk infants, role of various care providers from parents to specialists and timely interventions of therapy, timing and execution of transitioning the infant from intensive to convalescent care and from hospital to home, the etiology of chronic conditions affecting high-risk infants, details of convalescent care, discharge planning, and follow-up care for pediatricians"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: Section 1 Introduction
    1 History of the NICU
    2 Commonalities of High Risk Infants: They're not all Preemies
    3 Provider roles
    4 Parent roles/wishes
    5 Transitions for the High Risk Infant
    6 Essential Components of a Comprehensive Follow-up Clinic
    Section 2 Medical Care of the Preterm Infant
    7 Respiratory conditions of the preterm infant
    8 Apnea and bradycardia
    9 Patent ductus arteriosus
    10 Adrenal Insufficiency
    11 Nutrition and growth
    12 Breastfeeding in the NICU Graduate
    13 Necrotizing enterocolitis and short bowel syndrome
    14 Gastroesophageal reflux
    15 Catch-up Growth and Failure to thrive
    16 Hypertension in the NICU Graduate
    17 Anemia of prematurity
    18 Thrombosis and Hematological Issues in the NICU Graduate
    19 Hyperbilirubinemia
    20 Endocrinopathies of the Preterm Infant
    21 Bone Health
    22 IVH, PVL, hypdrocephalus
    23 Retinopathy of prematurity and ophthalmologic issues
    24 Cerebral Palsy
    25 Autism Spectrum Disorder
    26 Intrauterine growth restriction
    27 Post-NICU Issues of Multiple Gestation
    28 Late Preterm Infants
    29 Surgical issues
    Section 3 Medical Care of the Term Infant
    30 Pulmonary Hypertension
    31 Congenital diaphragmatic hernia
    32 Congenital heart disease
    33 ECMO and post-ECMO care
    34 Congenital Intestinal anomalies
    35 Maternal and neonatal infections
    36 Birth asphyxia and HIE
    37 Neonatal abstinence syndrome
    38 Neural tube defects
    39 Neonatal seizures and Infantile spasms
    40 Infant of a diabetic mother
    41 Down Syndrome
    Section 4 Developmental Care of the High Risk Infant
    42 Early developmental issues in the NICU
    43 NICU environment
    44 Gross motor development
    45 Fine motor development
    46 Speech and language development
    47 Feeding Issues in the NICU Graduate
    48 Hearing Loss
    49 Neurodevelopmental testing
    50 Neurodevelopmental outcomes
    51 Family centered care and Social issues
    52 Palliative care
    53 Early Intervention Services
    54 Resources for providers and parents
    Appendices
    App A Discharging the high-risk infant
    App B Equipment needs of the high risk infant
    App C Medications
    App D Tests/Procedures
    App E Telephone Triage
    App F Coding and Billing.
    Digital Access AccessPediatrics 2015
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    R745 .U49
    1
  • Digital
    Ugyen Tshewang, Michael Charles Tobias, Jane Gray Morrison.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: Located in the heart of the Eastern Himalayas, Bhutan practices the philosophy of Gross National Happiness ("GNH") that embraces environmental conservation as one of the main building blocks for its sustainable development goals. Bhutan's conservation strategies and success are largely driven by the strong political will and visionary leadership of His Majesty the King of Bhutan The nation's Buddhist perspectives regarding a deep and abiding respect for nature; and the strategic enforcement of a wide-ranging stringent set of internal regulations and controls have helped ensure ecological gold standards in Bhutan. Moreover, the country is an active member of the international conservation community by fulfilling its implementation of various Multilateral Environment Agreements. While it emerged into the 21st century as one of the 36 global terrestrial "hotspots" in biological diversity conservation ranks, Bhutan's sheer commitment with more than 51% of its territory being managed under the explicit status of a protected area network, and more than 70% of the land under forest cover, represents Bhutan's exemplary dedication to protect the planet despite its smallness in size and economy, and the biological fragility exemplified by its hotspot situation. In the face of imminent severe threats of global warming, Bhutan nonetheless exemplifies the truth that "a small country with a big conservation commitment" can make an enormous contribution to the global community. At the regional level, Bhutan is intent upon protecting the Water Towers of Asia (that glacial expanse of the Himalayas) which is a critical resource bulwark for about one-fifth of the global population downstream in South Asia. Such protections invariably help mitigate climate change by acting as a nation-wide carbon sink through its carbon neutral policies. In short, Bhutan has long represented one of the world's foremost national guardians of biodiversity conservation, ecological good governance, and societal sustainability at a period when the world has entered the Anthropocene - an epoch of mass extinctions. We envision this publication to be ecologically and ethically provocative and revealing for the concerned scientific communities, and governments. Through an extensive review of the scientific and anthropological literature, as well as the research team's own data, the Author's have set forth timely recommendations for conservation policies, strategies and actions. This book provides technical and deeply considered assessments of the state of Bhutan's environment, its multiple, human-induced stressors and pressures; as well as extremely sound, practical techniques that would address conservation strategies in the Himalayas and, by implication, worldwide.

    Contents:
    CHAPTER 1. State of Environment in Bhutan
    Abstract
    Overview of Bhutan.-Ecological Zones & Climatic Features
    Land Use in Bhutan
    Source: FRMD/DOFPS. Conservation Efforts & Protected Area Systems
    Conservation Laws and Policies. Assessment of Non-Protected Areas
    Sustainable Forest Management Plans in Non-protected Area. Scientific Forest Management
    Community Forest Empowerment. Non-Wood Forest Product (NWFP) Management. Plantation and Reforestation Programs. Keystone species and Conservation Areas. Foot Notes
    Annexure 1..1 Classification and Characteristics of Vegetation Zones in Bhutan (Grierson & Long, 1983, see 19)
    Annexure 1.2 Description of Classification of Land Cover Class and Sub-Class in Bhutan (See 20)
    CHAPTER 2
    Drivers and Pressure on the State of Environment in Bhutan. Abstract
    Land Use.-Hydropower projects
    Farm Roads
    Mining and Mineral Development
    Land use for Agriculture
    Waste Management
    CHAPTER 3
    Non-Violent Techniques for Human-Wildlife Conflict Resolution
    Abstract
    Contextual Framework within the ACPB
    Methodology
    Global context of HWC
    Conflict Management Strategies.-Retaliatory Actions and Violent Approaches
    Lethal Control - Counterproductive 96
    From Conflict to Co-existence
    Safe and Non-Violent Approach
    Table 3.1 Important Elements of HWC (WWF-Bhutan, 2016; See Foot Note 78)
    Human Wildlife Conflict Policy
    Implementing Agencies for HWC. Immune-contraception for population control
    Translocation of Problem Animals
    Alternative Livelihoods
    Land-Use Planning and Landscape Management
    Mitigation Measures
    Compensation
    Performance payments
    Ecotourism and Revenue Sharing
    Community Education
    Understanding the Conflict Profile
    Reporting.-Information compilation, management and use
    Response
    measures taken to alleviate a specific or ongoing HWC incident
    Monitoring and Evaluation
    measuring the performance of HWC management
    Human Wildlife Conflict Situation in Bhutan
    Underlying Forces of Human Wild-life Conflicts in Bhutan
    Human Wildlife Conflict Situation in Bhutan
    Preventive Measures
    Mitigation Approach in Bhutan
    Strategic Outcomes
    Table 3.5 Strategic Intents contributing to the Safe System (WWF-Bhutan, 2016; See Foot Note 246)
    Effective Monitoring and Evaluation
    Conclusion and Recommendation
    Non-violent and Safe Approach
    Institutional Arrangement
    Human Wildlife Conflict Policy & Legislation
    Coping Techniques and Mechanisms
    Hotspot Mapping
    Physiological Sterilization of wildlife
    Table 3.6 Immunocontraceptive vaccines used in different animals
    Innovative Research Fund for farmers
    Economic Responses to HWC
    Alternative livelihoods
    Regional Transboundary Conservation
    Foot Notes
    Annexure 3.1 Indicators of the Strategic Outcomes of People, Wildlife, Assets and Habitat
    CHAPTER 4
    Animal Rights and Protection.-Abstract
    Buddhist Perspectives & Conservation Biology
    Bhutanese Buddhism and the Segue To Contemporary Animal Protection Policies
    National Law & Buddhist Ethics
    State Monastic Body
    Non-governmental Organizations (NGO)
    Tshethar (Life Saving) Practices
    Animal Health and Rescue Centers
    Farming Systems and Livestock Population
    Meat Consumption in Bhutan
    Discussion and Recommendations on Animal Protection and Animal Rights
    Animal Protection Policy of Bhutan
    Population control of Livestock Animals
    Institutionalization and Implementation Arrangement
    Monitoring & Implementation
    Dog Population Control
    GNH Index for Animal Kingdom
    References (1-125)
    Annexure 4.1 God's Country: The New Zealand Factor, by Michael Charles Tobias and Jane Gray Morrison, Dancing Star Foundation, 2010
    CHAPTER 5. Gap Analysis of Threatened, Rare, and Under-Represented Species in Bhutan
    Abstract
    Introduction
    Impacts of Extinction of Species
    Taxonomic Classification - Seven Kingdoms Model
    Objectives
    Methodology
    Assessment of Under-Represented Species in Kingdoms
    Under-Represented Species in Classification of Groups
    Records of Species Groups under Animalia Kingdom
    Vertebrates.-Invertebrates
    Species Groups under Plantae Kingdom
    Tracheophytes
    Chromista Kingdom.-Fungi Kingdom
    Protista Kingdom
    Eubacteria Kingdom
    Archaebacteria Kingdom.-Assessment of Threatened Species
    Conservation Status of Fish in Bhutan
    Threatened Endemic Plants in Bhutan
    Under-Representation of Medicinal Plants
    Documentation of Agro-Biodiversity
    Community Participation and Citizen Science
    Discussion and Recommendations
    Foot Notes
    Annexure 5.1 List of Threatened Species of Plants (IUCN Status-2019)
    Annexure 5.2 List of Threatened Species of Mammals in Bhutan (IUCN Status-2019)
    Annexure 5.3 List of Threatened Species of Birds in Bhutan (IUCN) - 2019 NBC.-Annexure 5.4 List of Threatened Fish Species
    Annexure 5.5: List of Threatened Amphibian and Reptile Species
    Annexure 5.6 Monotypic Species of Seed Plants under each Class, Order, Family, Genus and Species (Source Flora of Bhutan, Volume 1, 2 & 3)
    CHAPTER 6
    Conservation Strategy of Threatened and Under-Represented Mammalian Species
    Landscape Conservation Approach
    Mammalian species
    Chinese Pangolin (Manis pentadactyla) Conservation
    Recommendations for Conservation Strategies.-Pygmy Hog (Sus salvanius) Conservation
    Recommendation for Conservation Strategy of Pygmy Hog (Sus salvanius)
    Alpine Musk Deer (Moschus Chrysogaster) and Himalayan Musk Deer (Moschus leucogaster) Conservation
    Recommendations for Conservation Strategy of Musk Deer
    Dhole (Cuon alpinus) Conservation Strategy
    Recommendations for Dhole Conservation Strategy
    Golden Langur (Trachypithecus geei) Conservation Strategy.-Recommendation for Conservation Strategy of Golden Langur
    Conservation of Arunachal Macaque (Macaca munzala)
    Conservation of Hispid Hare (Caprolagus hispidus)
    Conservation of Hog Deer (Axis Porcinus)
    Wild Water Buffalo (Bubalus arnee) Conservation
    Discussion on Conservation of Bats
    Foot Notes (1-131)
    CHAPTER 7Conservation of Threatened and Under-Represented Species of Plants
    Introduction.-Endemic Plant Species
    Monotypic Plant Species
    Discussion on Threatened Orchids
    Critically Endangered flowering plants
    Endangered Flowering Plants
    Recommendations for Conservation Strategy of Plant Species
    Conservation of Bryophytes
    Ecological significance of Bryophytes
    Economic Uses of Bryophytes
    Medicinal Use of Bryophytes
    Bryophytes as Pollution indicators
    Bryophytes in Science and Education
    Threats to Bryophytes
    Lesser Known Timber Species in Bhutan
    Foot Notes
    Annexure 7.1 Most commonly used timber species (Source: FRMD/DoFPS)
    Annexure 7.2 High value timber with less utilization (Source: FRMD/DoFPS)
    CHAPTER 8. Conservation of Threatened Birds, Reptiles, Fishes, Parasites, and Arachnids
    Birds Conservation
    Conservation of White Bellied Heron (Ardea insignis)
    Conservation of Vultures
    Discussion on Conservation of White Winged Duck
    Conservation Strategy of Baer's Pochard
    Conservation Strategy of Eagles.-Recommendations for Conservation Strategy of Threatened Birds
    Conservation of Turtles.-Importance of Turtle Conservation
    Conservation Strategies
    Conservation of Threatened Fish Species
    CHAPTER 9
    Conservation for Food Security and Under-Represented Microbes
    Abstract
    Conservation of Crop Genetic Resources
    Agro-Biodiversity Gene Banks
    Preservation under Permafrost Conditions
    Microbial Conservation Strategies
    FOOT NOTES.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Joan C. Williams.
    Summary: "A cutting edge, objective, relentless approach to inclusion. American companies spend close to billion annually on diversity efforts, with remarkably few results. Too often diversity efforts rest on the assumption that all that's needed is an earnest conversation about "privilege." That's not enough. To truly make progress with diversity, equity and inclusion, we must focus less on documenting the problem and more on just stopping the transmission of it. In Bias Interrupted, Joan C. Williams shows how it's done, and reassuringly, how easy it is to get started. Leaders just need to use standard business systems and standard business tools-data and metrics-to interrupt the bias that is constantly transmitted through formal systems like performance appraisals and the informal systems that control access to opportunities, like mentoring programs. The book presents fresh evidence based on Williams's research and work with companies, in that interrupting bias helps every group-including white men. Comprehensive, though compact and straightforward, Bias Interrupted delivers real, practical value in as efficient and accessible manner as possible to an audience that has never needed it more. It's possible to interrupt bias. Here's where you start"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    What's the path forward?
    Is bias training worthless?
    We're a meritocracy; are you asking us to change that?
    Why do some groups need to be politically savvier to succeed?
    Are you saying that white men have it easy? I don't feel privileged
    We cherish our culture; can we retain that and still achieve DEI goals?
    Can we make progress on DEI without getting all rigid and bureaucratic?
    Many women's priorities change after they have kids. Are you saying I should deny that fact of life?
    Isn't it natural-and inevitable-that people who work harder go further?
    If we hire more women and people of color, won't the DEI problem take care of itself?
    What does the CEO need to do to finally deliver on DEI goals?
    How can a company change who gets access to opportunities? (Hint: only the CEO can)
    How can CDOs and HR get buy-in-and deliver-on DEI goals?
    How can HR and DEI departments work together to interrupt bias in basic business systems?
    How can individual managers help move the needle-and manage more effectively?
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Jennifer L. Eberhardt, PhD.
    Summary: "You don't have to be racist to be biased. Unconscious bias can be at work without our realizing it, and even when we genuinely wish to treat all people equally, ingrained stereotypes can infect our visual perception, attention, memory, and behavior. This has an impact on education, employment, housing, and criminal justice. Now one of the world's leading experts on implicit racial bias offers us insights into the dilemma and a path forward. In [this book], with a perspective that is at once scientific, investigative, and informed by personal experience, Jennifer Eberhardt tackles one of the central controversies and culturally powerful issues of our time. Eberhardt works extensively as a consultant to law enforcement and as a psychologist at the forefront of this new field. Her research takes place in courtrooms and boardrooms, in prisons, on the street, and in classrooms and coffee shops. She shows us the subtle--and sometimes dramatic--daily repercussions of implicit bias in how teachers grade students, or managers deal with customers. It has an enormous impact on the conduct of criminal justice, from the rapid decisions police officers have to make to sentencing practices in court. Eberhardt's work and her book are both influenced by her own life, and the personal stories she shares emphasize the need for change. She has helped companies that include Airbnb and Nextdoor address bias in their business practices and has led anti-bias initiatives for police departments across the country. Here, she offers practical suggestions for reform and new practices that are useful for organizations as well as individuals. Unblinking about the tragic consequences of prejudice, Eberhardt addresses how racial bias is not the fault of nor restricted to a few "bad apples," but is present at all levels of society in media, education, and business. The good news is that we are not hopelessly doomed by our innate prejudices. In Biased, Eberhardt reminds us that racial bias is a human problem--one all people can play a role in solving."--Jacket.

    Contents:
    Part I: What meets the eye. Seeing each other ; Nurturing bias
    Part II: Where we find ourselves. A bad dude ; Male black ; How free people think ; The scary monster
    Part III: The way out. The comfort of home ; Hard lessons ; Higher learning ; The bottom line.
    Limited to 1 simultaneous users
  • Print
    by Theodore C. Ruch ... with an introduction by John F. Fulton ...
    Contents:
    pt.
    1. Anatomy, embryology & quantitative morphology; physiology, pharmacology & psychobiology; primate phylogeny & miscellanea.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    Z7996.P85 R8 1941 pt.1
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Hoff, Ebbe Curtis; Greenbaum, Leon J.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RC1005 .H6
    2
  • Print
    by Harry Hoogstraal ; with the editorial assistance of Anna L. Gahin and Alice Djigounian, and the NAMRU-3 Medical Zoology Department Bibliographic Staff.
    Contents:
    v. 1-4. Bibliography of ticks and tickborne diseases from Homer (about 800 B.C.) to 31 December 1969
    v. 5, pt. I. Bibliography of ticks and tickborne diseases from Homer (about 800 B.C.) to 31 December 1973
    v. 5, pt. II. Bibliography of ticks and tickborne diseases from Homer (about 800 B.C.) to 31 December 1976
    v. 7. Bibliography of ticks and tickborne diseases from Homer (about 800 B.C.) to 31 December 1981.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    Z6664.T5 H65
    7
  • Digital/Print
    Center for Minority Group Mental Health Programs.
    Digital Access HathiTrust 1972
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    Z7164.R12 U52
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access HathiTrust 1978
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    Z7164.R12 U52
    1
  • Print
    Baur, J.
    Contents:
    Volume
    1. Journals / compiled by J. Baur ... [et al.].
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    Z6675.H7 B5
  • Digital
    Nikhil N. Verma, Eric J. Strauss, editors.
    Summary: Comprised exclusively of clinical cases covering the management of injuries to the biceps tendon and superior labrum, this concise, practical casebook will provide clinicians in orthopedics and sports medicine with the best real-world strategies to properly diagnose and treat the various types of injuries they may encounter. Each chapter is a case that opens with a unique clinical presentation, followed by a description of the diagnosis, assessment and management techniques used to treat it, as well as the case outcome and clinical pearls and pitfalls. Cases included illustrate different surgical management strategies for acute and chronic biceps tendon ruptures, anterior shoulder pain, subscapularis tears, proximal tenodesis, synovial chondromatosis and SLAP lesions type 1 through 4. Pragmatic and reader-friendly, The Biceps and Superior Labrum Complex: A Clinical Casebook will be an excellent resource for orthopedic surgeons, sports medicine practitioners and physical therapists alike.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Douglas T. Carrell, Peter N. Schlegel, Catherine Racowsky, Luca Gianaroli.
    Summary: Now in its fourth volume, the Biennial Review of Infertility brings together the most up-to-date research and clinical information on male and female infertility, emerging assisted reproductive techniques and evolving controversies in reproductive medicine. An impressive panel of contributors presents cutting-edge information in a clear and well-balanced manner. Volume 4 discusses hot topics in contemporary reproductive medicine, including stem cell technologies for male infertility, the current state of ovarian tissue cryopreservation and time-lapse video microscopy of embryos. The expanded section on controversies allows for point/counterpoint discussion between experts with differing opinions on topics like eSET and the use and role of dietary supplements in IVF cycles. Created to provide an ongoing appraisal of current knowledge, the Biennial Review of Infertility stimulates communication amongst all clinicians and researchers working to help couples resolve their infertility.

    Contents:
    Part I: Male
    The Epidemiology of Male Infertility
    Vasectomy Reversal or IVF: Analysis of Factors for Success
    Stem Cell Therapies for Male Infertility: Where Are We Now and Where Are We Going?
    Part II: Female
    Insights Into Mechanisms Causing the Maternal Age-induced Decrease in Oocyte Quality.-Endometriosis and Cancer: Is There an Association?.- Ovarian Tissue Cryopreservation: Where Are We Now?
    Part III: Art
    Animal Models for Developing Clinical Lab Procedures.- Current Status of Time-lapse Microscopy for Embryo Selection
    The Ideal Spermatozoon for ART
    Is Acupuncture Associated with Improved IVF Outcomes?
    Dr. Web and the New Generation of ART Patients
    Part IV: Controversies
    Yes, Elective Single Embryo Transfer Should Be Standard of Care
    Klinefelter Syndrome: Early Treatment of the Adolescent is Warranted
    Klinefelter Syndrome: Early Treatment of the Adolescent is Not Warranted
    Are Dietary Supplements Beneficial for IVF Patients?.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Mowafa Househ, Andre W. Kushniruk and Elizabeth M. Bory.
    Summary: This is the first book offering a comprehensive, yet concise, view on both the challenges and opportunities related to the use of big data in health care. The different chapters report on different perspectives: from health management to patient safety; from the human factor perspective to the ethical and economic ones, and more. By providing a historical background on the use of big data, and critically analyzing current approaches together with issues and challenges related to their applications, the work presented not only sheds light on the problems of big data, but also paves the way for possible solutions and future research directions. The book offers a useful reference guide to health information technology professionals, healthcare managers, healthcare practitioners, and patients alike, helping them in their decision making processes, as well as to students and academicians learning or dealing with data science related research issues in healthcare.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Connie W. Delaney, Charlotte A. Weaver, Judith J. Warren, Thomas R. Clancy, Roy L. Simpson, editors.
    Summary: This text reflects how the learning health system infrastructure is maturing and being advanced by health information exchanges (HIEs) with multiple organizations blending their data or enabling distributed computing. It educates the readers on the evolution of knowledge discovery methods that span qualitative as well as quantitative data mining, including the expanse of data visualization capacities, are enabling sophisticated discovery. Historically, nursing, in all of its missions of research/scholarship, education and practice, has not had access to large patient databases. Nursing has consequently adopted qualitative methodologies with small sample sizes, clinical trials and lab research. In the United States, large payer data has been amassed and structures/organizations have been created to welcome scientists to explore these large data to advance knowledge discovery. Big Data-Enabled Nursing reflects on how health systems have developed and how electronic health records (EHRs) have now matured to generate massive databases with longitudinal trending. It provides instruction on the new opportunities for nursing and educates readers on the new skills in research methodologies that are being further enabled by new partnerships spanning all sectors.

    Contents:
    Part I: The new and exciting world of "big data"
    Why big data?: why nursing?
    Big data in healthcare: a wide look at a broad subject
    A big data primer
    Part II: Technologies and science of big data
    A closer look at enabling technologies and knowledge value
    Big data in healthcare: new methods of analysis
    Generating the data for analyzing the effects of interprofessional teams for improving triple aim outcomes
    Wrestling with big data: how nurse leaders can engage
    Inclusion of flowsheets from electronic health records to extend data for clinical and translational science awards (CTSA) research
    Working in the new big data world: academic/corporate partnership model
    Part III: Revolution of knowledge discovery, dissemination, translation through data science
    Data science: transformation of research and scholarship
    Answering research questions with national clinical research networks
    Enhancing data access and utilization: federal big data initiative and relevance to health disparities research
    Big data impact on transformation of healthcare systems
    State of the science in big data analytics
    Part IV: Looking at today and the near future
    Big data analytics using the VA's 'Vinci' database to look at delirium
    Leveraging the power of interprofessional EHR data to prevent delirium: the Kaiser Permanente story
    Mobilizing the nursing workforce with data and analytics at the point of care
    The power of disparate data sources for answering thorny questions in healthcare: four case studies
    Part V: A call for readiness
    What big data and data science mean for schools of nursing and academia
    Quality outcomes and credentialing: implication for informatics and big data science
    Big data science and doctoral education in nursing
    Global society & big data: here's the future we can get ready for
    Big-data enabled nursing: future possibilities
    Glossary.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Pouria Amirian, Trudie Lang, Francois van Loggerenberg, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews a number of issues including: Why data generated from POC machines are considered as Big Data. What are the challenges in storing, managing, extracting knowledge from data from POC devices? Why is it inefficient to use traditional data analysis with big data? What are the solutions for the mentioned issues and challenges? What type of analytics skills are required in health care? What big data technologies and tools can be used efficiently with data generated from POC devices? This book shows how it is feasible to store vast numbers of anonymous data and ask highly specific questions that can be performed in real-time to give precise and meaningful evidence to guide public health policy.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Improving Healthcare with Big Data
    Data Science and Analytics
    Big Data and Big Data Technologies
    Big Data Analytics for Extracting Disease Surveillance Information: An Untapped Opportunity
    Ebola and Twitter. What Insights Can Public Health Draw from Social Media?
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Jonathan D. Kibble.
    Summary: "The goal of this textbook is to help medical students to efficiently learn and review physiology. The text offers a complete yet concise treatment of the major topics in medical physiology. Several design features are included to make the text easy to use. High-yield clinical pearls are integrated throughout to the text; clinical examples highlight the relevance and application of physiologic concepts. Key concepts are highlighted using italics and basic terms are shown in bold when first used. Full color figures illustrate essential processes; explanatory figure legends allow figures to be used for review. Bullets and numbering are used to break down complex processes Study questions and answers are provided at the end of each chapter. A final examination is also provided, which is organized by body system to allow either comprehensive testing or focused review"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    General Physiology
    Neurophysiology
    Blood
    Cardiovascular Physiology
    Pulmonary Physiology
    Renal Physiology & Acid-Base Balance
    Gastrointestinal Physiology
    Endocrine Physiology
    Reproductive Physiology
    Final Examination.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessPhysiotherapy
    AccessPhysiotherapy
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
  • Digital
    Veeru Kasivisvanathan, Ben Challacombe, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Stefano Fiorucci, Eleonora Distrutti, editors.
    Summary: This book focusses on the latest results related to the field of bile acids as signaling molecules and describes how these receptors have become a major pharmacological target. It covers all major areas of research in this field, from genetics, chemistry, in silico modeling, molecular biology to clinical applications, offering a cross-country view of the functional role of bile acids as signaling molecules, virtually acting on all major areas of metabolism. While FXR and GPBAR1 are essential bile acid sensors that integrate the de novo bile acid synthesis with intestinal microbiota and liver metabolism, in a broader sense, BARs play a pathogenic role in the development of common human alignments including liver, intestinal and metabolic disorders, such as steatosis (NAFLD) and steato-hepatitis (NASH), diabetes, obesity and atherosclerosis.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; The Pharmacology of Bile Acids and Their Receptors; 1 Introduction; 2 Bile Acids, a Family of Unconventional Steroids; 3 Bile Acids Before the Discovery of Their Receptors; 4 The Discovery of the Bile Acid-Activated Receptors: FXR and Other Nuclear Receptors; 4.1 FXR, the Bile Acid Sensor in Drug Discovery: 1999-2019; 5 Secondary Bile Acids and GPBAR1; 6 Conclusions; References; Bile Acid-Activated Receptors: GPBAR1 (TGR5) and Other G Protein-Coupled Receptors; 1 Introduction; 2 TGR5 and S1PR2 Signaling Pathways; 3 Tissue Distribution of TGR5 and S1PR2 12 Role in Advanced Liver Disease: Potential Therapeutic Target?13 Summary and Perspectives; References; Bile Acid-Activated Receptors: A Review on FXR and Other Nuclear Receptors; 1 Introduction; 2 Bile Acid-Activated Receptor Farnesoid X Receptor (FXR, NR1H4); 2.1 FXR and Bile Acid Metabolism; 2.2 FXR and Lipid Metabolism; 2.3 FXR and Glucose Metabolism; 2.4 FXR as a Therapeutic Target; 3 Bile Acids and Small Heterodimer Partner (SHP, NR0B2); 3.1 SHP and Bile Acid Metabolism; 3.2 SHP and Lipid Metabolism; 3.3 SHP and Glucose Metabolism 4 Bile Acid-Activated Receptor Pregnane X Receptor (PXR, NR1I2)4.1 PXR and Bile Acid Metabolism; 4.2 PXR and Lipid Metabolism; 4.3 PXR and Glucose Metabolism; 5 Bile Acids and Constitutive Androstane Receptor (CAR, NR1I3); 5.1 CAR and Bile Acid Metabolism; 5.2 CAR and Lipid Metabolism; 5.3 CAR and Glucose Metabolism; 6 Bile Acid-Activated Receptor Vitamin D Receptor (VDR, NR1l1); 7 Conclusions and Perspectives; References; The Enterokine Fibroblast Growth Factor 15/19 in Bile Acid Metabolism; 1 FGF Family; 2 Endocrine FGFs; 3 FGF15/FGF19 in Energy Homeostasis 4 Role of FGF15/FGF19 in the Gut-Liver Axis5 FGF19 and Hepatic Diseases; 6 FGF19-Based Therapy: Promising Reality; References; Signaling from Intestine to the Host: How Bile Acids Regulate Intestinal and Liver Immunity; 1 Bile Acids and Intestinal Microbiota; 2 Bile Acids and Immune System; 2.1 Role of Bile Acids in the Regulation of Intestinal and Liver Immunity; 2.2 Immune-Regulatory Effects of Bile Acids in Myeloid Cells: Monocytes/Macrophages and Dendritic Cells; 2.3 Immune-Regulatory Effects of Bile Acids in Lymphoid Cells; References 4 Role of S1PR2 Signaling in Hepatocytes5 Role of S1PR2 and TGR5 in Liver Sinusoidal Endothelial Cells (LSECs); 6 Role of S1PR2 and TGR5 in Hepatic Stellate Cells (HSCs) and Hepatic Myofibroblasts (hMFs); 7 Role of S1PR2 and TGR5 in Macrophages; 8 Role of S1PR2 and TGR5 in Biliary Epithelial Cells; 9 Loss of S1PR2 and TGR5 in Mice and Humans: Contribution to Liver Disease?; 10 S1PR2 and TGR5 in Cholestatic and Biliary Diseases: Pathogenetic Role and Potential Therapeutic Target?; 11 S1PR2 and TGR5 Metabolic Liver Diseases: Potential Therapeutic Target?
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Gideon Hirschfield, David Adams, Evaggelia Liaskou, editors.
    Contents:
    1. The Clinical Burden of Biliary Disease: A Global Perspective / Kirsten Muri Boberg
    2. The Healthy Biliary Tree: Cellular and Immune Biology / Massimiliano Cadamuro, Luca Fabris, and Mario Strazzabosco
    3. Pathological Features of Biliary Disease in Children and Adults / Rachel M. Brown and Stefan G. Hübscher
    4. Animal Models of Biliary Disease: Current Approaches and Limitations / Marion J. Pollheimer and Peter Fickert
    5. The Microbiome and Human Disease: A New Organ of Interest in Biliary Disease / Johannes Roksund Hov
    6. Biliary Atresia: From Pathology to Treatment / Jane Hartley and Deirdre Kelly
    7. Drug-Induced Cholestasis: Mechanisms and Importance / Guruprasad P. Aithal and Ann K. Daly
    8. Primary Biliary Cholangitis: Its Science and Practice / Lifeng Wang, Christopher L. Bowlus, Fu-Sheng Wang, and M. Eric Gershwin
    9. Primary Sclerosing Cholangitis (PSC): Current Concepts in Biology and Strategies for New Therapy / Palak J. Trivedi and Tom H. Karlsen
    10. Cholangiocarcinoma: Disease Pathogenesis and New Treatment Paradigms / Gregory J. Gores and Boris Blechacz
    11. Gallstone Disease: Scientific Understanding and Future Treatment / Frank Lammert
    12. IgG4-Related Sclerosing Cholangitis / Emma L. Culver and George Webster
    13. Conclusions and Future Opportunities / David Adams and Evaggelia Liaskou.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Joseph M. Herman, Timothy M. Pawlik, Charles R. Thomas, Jr.
    Summary: The second edition of this book is intended as a definitive text on biliary tract and gallbladder cancers. Specifically, it will serve as a single-source reference on the current knowledge base for the multidisciplinary management of such cancers and thus covers epidemiological, surgical, radiotherapy, and chemotherapy approaches. Akey feature is the demonstration of the impact of cutting-edge technical knowledge on treatment; for example, interventional radiology techniques, novel surgical approaches, and image-guided radiation therapy are all extensively discussed. Diagnosis is also considered in detail, with coverage of novel serum biomarkers, pathologic staging, molecular profiling, and the full range of current and emerging imaging strategies. Further chapters are devoted to epidemiology, the role of growth factor pathways and signal transduction, and histopathology and molecular pathogenesis. Experienced practitioners in a range of specialties will find this amply illustrated book to be an invaluable source of information on the newest diagnostic and treatment techniques in biliary tract and gallbladder cancer, yet it is also sufficiently concise to offer an introduction to the field for students and community practitioners.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Epidemiology of gallbladder and cholangiocarcinoma
    Role Growth Factor Pathways & Signal Transduction
    Histopathology and molecular pathogenesis of biliary tract tumors
    Clinical diagnosis and staging
    Diagnostic imaging of biliary tract & gall bladder tumors
    Overview of Current Strategies
    Imaging of hepatic transplantation for cholangiocarcinoma
    State of the art directions
    Interventional radiology techniques
    Chemoembolization and Radioembolization
    Overview of emerging strategies in the surgical management of biliary tract tumors
    Surgical techniques for intrahepatic biliary tract cancer
    Surgical techniques for techniques for extrahepatic biliary tract cancers
    Surgery for gallbladder
    Systemic therapy (current strategies and new directions)
    Radiotherapy (including combination radiotherapy and systemic therapeutic strategies, 3D-CRT, IMRT approaches)
    Techniques in radiotherapy
    Symptomatic management and palliation
    New Directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Chihua Fang, Wan Yee Lau, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the latest application of digital medical imaging technology in biliary tract surgery, including three-dimensional visualization preoperative evaluation, preoperative surgical planning, and simulated biliary surgery. Digital surgical diagnosis and treatment of cholecystolithisasis, bile duct stones, hepatolithiasis, gallbladder cancer, and bile duct cancer is described in details with more than 900 illustrations. Written by experts with wealthy of clinical experience, it will be a useful reference for general surgeons, as well as practitioners in related disciplines. Chihua Fang is a Professor and Director of Department of Hepatobiliary Surgery, Zhujiang Hospital, Southern Medical University, Guangzhou, China. He is the Chairman of Digital Medicine Branch of Chinese Medical Association. Wan Yee Lau is a Professor of Faculty of Medicine, The Chinese University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong, China. He is also the Academician of Chinese Academy of Sciences.

    Contents:
    Applied Anatomy of the Biliary Tract
    Application of Multi-Slice Spiral CT and MRI in Biliary Tract Surgery
    Imaging of Common Biliary Tract Diseases
    3D Visualization of Abdominal CT Images
    3D Printing Technology and Its Application in the Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Surgery
    Virtual Surgical Instruments and Simulation Surgery
    Application of Indocyanine Green Fluorescence Imaging in Biliary Tract Surgery
    Application of Endoscopic Technique in Biliary Tract Surgery
    Construction and Clinical Application of 3D Visualization Platform for the Blood Supplying of the Extrahepatic Bile Duct
    Digital Surgical Diagnosis and Treatment of Cholecystolithiasis
    Digital Surgical Diagnosis and Treatment of Extrahepatic Bile Duct Stones
    Digital Surgical Diagnosis and Treatment of Hepatolithiasis
    Digital Surgical Diagnosis and Treatment of Biliary Dilatation
    3D Visual Diagnosis and Treatment of Bile Duct Injury
    Digital Surgical Diagnosis and Treatment of Gallbaldder Cancer
    Digital Diagnosis and Surgical Treatment of Bile Duct Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kwok-Hung Lai, Lein-Ray Mo, Hsiu-Po Wang, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Ruth Y. Litovsky, Matthew J. Goupell, Richard R. Fay, Arthur N. Popper, editors.
    Summary: This volume provides an up-to-date reference on the developments and novel ideas in the field of binaural hearing. The primary readership for the volume are specialists in the diverse fields such as psychoacoustics, neuroscience, engineering, psychology, audiology, hearing aids, and cochlear implants.

    Contents:
    Ch 1: Binaural Processing of Sounds
    Ch 2: Localization and Lateralization of Sound
    Ch 3: Sound Source Localization Is a Multisystem Process
    Ch 4: Anatomy and Physiology of the Avian Binaural System
    Ch 5: Binaural Hearing by the Mammalian Auditory Brainstem: Joint Coding of Interaural Level and Time Differences by the Lateral Superior Olive
    Ch 6: Binaural Hearing with Temporally Complex Signals
    Ch 7: Binaural Hearing and Across-Channel Processing
    Ch 8: Binaural Unmasking and Spatial Release from Masking
    Ch 9: Spatial Hearing in Rooms and Effects of Reverberation
    Ch 10: Computational Models of Binaural Processing
    Ch 11: Clinical Ramifications of the Effects of Hearing Impairment and Aging on Spatial and Binaural Hearing
    Ch 12: Physiology of Higher Central Auditory Processing and Plasticity
    Ch 13: Binaural Hearing with Devices.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Guido K.W. Frank, Laura A. Berner, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of our current understanding of binge eating, which is characterized by the uncontrollable consumption of large amounts of food in a discrete time period. Written by experts on eating disorders, it first introduces the phenotype of binge eating, including its epidemiology and assessment. It then describes the underlying neurobiological alterations, drawing on cutting-edge animal models and human studies to do so. In addition, it extensively discusses current treatment models, including medication, psychotherapy, self-interventions and disease prevention. Lastly, an outlook on the future research agenda rounds out the coverage. Given binge eatings current status as an under-researched symptom, but one shared across many eating disorders, this book provides an up-to-date, integrative and comprehensive synthesis of recent research and offers a valuable reference for scientists and clinicians alike.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Part I: Phenotype
    Epidemiology of Binge Eating
    Learning Objectives
    1 Introduction
    2 What Is Binge Eating?
    3 What Eating Disorders Are Defined by Binge Eating?
    4 What Are Prevalence and Incidence?
    5 How Many Individuals Experience Binge Eating?
    6 Does Risk for Binge Eating Differ Across Demographic Groups: Gender, Age Group, and Race/Ethnicity?
    7 Have Rates of Binge Eating Changed in Recent Years?
    8 How Many Individuals Have BN? 2.1 Eating-Related Psychopathology
    2.1.1 Cross-Sectional Associations
    2.1.2 Longitudinal Associations
    2.1.3 Momentary Associations
    2.2 Quality of Life
    2.2.1 Cross-Sectional Associations
    2.2.2 Longitudinal Associations
    2.2.3 Momentary Associations
    2.3 Mood-Related Symptoms and Self-Evaluation
    2.3.1 Cross-Sectional Associations
    2.3.2 Longitudinal Associations
    2.3.3 Momentary Associations
    2.4 Substance Use
    2.4.1 Cross-Sectional Associations
    2.4.2 Longitudinal Associations
    2.4.3 Momentary Associations
    3 Interpersonal Functioning 2.2 Developmental Risk Factors for Binge Eating
    2.2.1 Parental and Peer Influences
    2.2.2 Attachment Style
    2.2.3 Food Environment
    3 Binge Eating Among the Marginalized: Cultural Considerations
    3.1 Prevalence Rates
    3.1.1 Race and Ethnicity
    3.1.2 Food Insecurity
    3.1.3 Sexual Minorities
    3.2 Cultural Risk Factors for Binge Eating
    3.2.1 Discrimination
    3.2.2 Weight Bias
    4 Overall Summary and Future Research
    References
    Psychosocial Correlates of Binge Eating
    Learning Objectives
    1 Introduction
    2 Psychiatric Comorbidity 2.3 Eating Disorder Assessment for the DSM-5 (EDA-5)
    3 Self-Report Measures
    3.1 Eating Disorder Examination-Questionnaire (EDE-Q)
    3.2 Eating Disorder Diagnostic Scale
    3.3 Eating Pathology Symptoms Inventory
    3.4 Questionnaire on Eating and Weight Patterns
    3.5 Self-Monitoring
    4 Laboratory Eating
    5 Conclusion
    References
    Developmental and Cultural Aspects of Binge Eating
    Learning Objectives
    1 Psychological Models of Binge Eating
    2 Binge Eating Across Childhood
    2.1 Prevalence Rates
    2.1.1 Overeating
    2.1.2 Binge Eating
    2.1.3 Loss of Control of Eating 9 Does Risk for BN Differ Across Demographic Groups: Gender, Age Group, and Race/Ethnicity?
    10 Have Rates of BN Changed in Recent Years?
    11 How Many Individuals Have BED?
    12 Does Risk for BED Differ Across Demographic Groups: Gender, Age Group, and Race/Ethnicity?
    13 Have Rates of BED Changed in Recent Years?
    14 Summary and Discussion
    References
    Binge Eating Assessment
    Learning Objectives
    1 Introduction
    2 Clinical Interviews
    2.1 Eating Disorder Examination (EDE)
    2.2 Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-5 (SCID-5)
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Hiroki Takada, Kiyoko Yokoyama, editors.
    Summary: This book outlines the electro-activity in the human body, human behavior, and other bio-information during image viewing and applies it to a hygienic and clinical setting. The book begins by explaining the basic science of brain measurements and the endocrine system, before analyzing the bio-signals obtained from electrocardiogram (ECG), electrogastrography (EGG), electro-oculography (EOG) and much more. As the book subsequently demonstrates, these bio-signals can be measured using wearable devices, and the data can be used to detect undiagnosed diseases and health-relevant abnormalities. Especially in the field of nursing care for the elderly and rehabilitation, these new options for the management and analysis of biological information hold considerable potential. Bio-information for Hygiene offers a valuable resource for both new and established researchers, as well as students who are seeking comprehensive information on environmental/occupational health and health promotion. It will also assist technical staff whose work involves bio-informatics.

    Contents:
    1 Brain measures
    2 Endocrine system
    3 Electrocardiogram (ECG)
    4 Electrogastrography
    5 Measurements for visual function, including gaze, & electro-oculography (EOG)
    6 Electroencephalography (EEG): EEG as a tool to improve QOL and maintain healthy brain
    7 Electromyography and Performance
    8 Polysomnography
    9 Stabilometry
    10 Motion capture
    11 A Development of Physical Feedback Structure for Virtual Rehabilitation System Using Air Pressure
    12 Artificial Intelligence for Medical Imaging & Hygiene
    13 Meditation.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Anthony B. Brennan, Chelsea M. Kirschner.
    Contents:
    ECM-inspired chemical cues : biomimetic molecules and techniques of immobilization / Roger Y. Tam, Shawn C. Owen and Molly S. Shoichet
    Dynamic materials mimic developmental and disease changes in tissues / Matthew G. Ondeck and Adam J. Engler
    The role of mechanical cues in regulating cellular activities and guiding tissue development / Liming Bian
    Contribution of physical forces to the design of biomimetic tissue substitutes / M. Ermis, E.T. Baran, T. Dursun, E. Antmen and V. Hasirci
    Cellular responses to engineered bio-inspired topographic cues / Chelsea M. Kirschner, James F. Schumacher and Anthony B. Brennan
    Engineering the mechanical and growth factor signaling roles of fibronectin fibrils / Christopher A. Lemmon
    Biologic scaffolds composed of extracellular matrix as a natural material for wound healing / Stephen Badylak
    Bio-inspired integration of natural materials / Albino Martins, Marta Alves da Silva, Ana Costa-Pinto, Rui L. Reis and Nuno M. Neves
    Bio-inspired design of skin replacement therapies / Dennis P. Orgill
    Epithelial engineering: from sheets to branched tubes / Hye Young Kim and Celeste M. Nelson
    A biomimetic approach toward the fabrication of epithelial-like tissue / Meng Xu and Hongjun Wang
    Nano- and micro-structured ECM and biomimetic scaffolds for cardiac tissue engineering / Quentin Jallerat, John M. Szymanski and Adam W. Feinberg
    Cardiovascular biomaterials / Elaine L. Lee and Joyce Y. Wong
    Evaluation of bio-inspired materials for mineralized tissue regeneration using type I collagen reporter cells / Lisa T. Kuhn, Emily Jacobs, and A. Jon Goldberg
    Learning from tissue equivalents : biomechanics and mechanobiology / David D. Simon and Jay D. Humphrey
    Mimicking the hematopoietic stem cell niche by biomaterials approaches / Eike Müller, Michael Ansorge, Carsten Werner and Tilo Pompe
    Engineering immune responses to allografts / Anthony W. Frei and Cherie L. Stabler
    Immunomimetic materials / Jamal S. Lewis and Benjamin G. Keselowsky.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Paulo Jorge Bártolo, Bopaya Bidanda, editors.
    Summary: This second edition maintains a focus on integrated biomaterials, computer-aided design, and physical prototyping techniques as examples of the materials and applications that are found in medical environments. All original chapters, written by renowned experts in the field, have been updated along with the addition of four new chapters on: Smart insoles Medical applications of additive manufacturing Additive manufacturing in craniofacial applications Additive manufacturing in hearing aids This wide-ranging treatise on biomaterials and prototyping applications in medicine also focuses on solid freeform fabrication, rapid prototyping, layered manufacturing, and computer-aided design in the development of prosthetic devices. This book is a must-have for bioengineers seeking a comprehensive overview of this important subject and examples of medical applications, as well as researchers and academics in the same field.

    Contents:
    Metallic and Ceramic Biomaterials: Current and Future Developments
    Polymers, Composites and Nano Biomaterials: Current and Future Developments
    Polyurethane Based Materials with Applications in Medical Devices
    Rapid Prototyping of Hydrogels to Guide Tissue Formation
    Engineered Scaffold Architecture Influences Soft Tissue Regeneration
    Customized Implants for Bone Replacement and Growth
    Direct Digital Manufacturing of Complex Dental Prostheses
    Digital Design and Fabrication in Dentistry
    The Development of an Artificial Finger Joint
    Computer-Aided Development of Mega Endo-Prostheses
    Smart Insoles
    Medical Applications of Additive Manufacturing
    Additive Manufacturing in Craniofacial Applications
    Additive Manufacturing in Hearing Aids.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Vladimir Uversky, Yuri Lyubchenko.
    Summary: Bio-Nanoimaging: Protein Misfolding & Aggregation provides a unique introduction to both novel and established nanoimaging techniques for visualization and characterization of misfolded and aggregated protein species. The book is divided into three sections covering: - Nanotechnology and nanoimaging technology, including cryoelectron microscopy of beta(2)-microglobulin, studying amyloidogensis by FRET; and scanning tunneling microscopy of protein deposits - Polymorphisms of protein misfolded and aggregated species, including fibrillar polymorphism, amyloid-like protofibrils, and insulin olig.

    Contents:
    Nanoimaging and nanotechnology of aggregating proteins: A
    Nanoimaging and nanotechnology of aggregating proteins: B
    Polymorphism of protein misfolding and aggregated species
    Polymorphism of protein misfolding and aggregarion processes.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Flavia Fontana, Hélder A. Santos, editors.
    Summary: The book covers the latest developments in biologically-inspired and derived nanomedicine for cancer therapy. The purpose of the book is to illustrate the significance of naturally-mimicking systems for enhancing the dose delivered to the tumor, to improve stability, and prolong the circulation time. Moreover, readers are presented with advanced materials such as adjuvants for immunostimulation in cancer vaccines. The book also provides a comprehensive overview of the current status of academic research. This is an ideal book for students, researchers, and professors working in nanotechnology, cancer, targeted drug delivery, controlled drug release, materials science, and biomaterials as well as companies developing cancer immunotherapy.

    Contents:
    Part 1
    Conventional nanosized drug delivery systems for cancer applications
    Homing peptides for cancer therapy
    Radiolabeling of theranostic nanosystems
    Boosting nanomedicine efficacy with hyperbaric oxygen therapy
    Part 2
    Mesoporous Silica Nanoparticles as Carriers for Biomolecules in Cancer Therapy
    Clearable Nanoparticles for Cancer Photothermal Therapy
    Biohybrid Nanosystems for Cancer Treatment: Merging the Best of Two Worlds
    Electrospun Nanofibers for Cancer Therapy
    Nanoneedle-based materials for intracellular studies
    Part 3
    In vitro assays for nanoparticle-cancer cell interaction studies
    3D tumor spheroid models for in vitro therapeutic screening of nanoparticles
    In vitro and in vivo tumor models for the evaluation of anticancer nanoparticles
    Part 4
    Nanotechnology for the Development of Nanovaccines in Cancer Immunotherapy
    Viral nanoparticles: cancer vaccines and immune modulators
    Industrial Perspective on Cancer Immunotherapy
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Alberto Gobbi, João Espregueira-Mendes, John G. Lane, Mustafa Karahan.
    Summary: This book introduces the exciting field of orthobiology, which will usher in a new array of therapeutic approaches that stimulate the body's natural resources to regenerate musculoskeletal tissues damaged by trauma or disease. The book addresses a range of key topics and discusses emerging approaches that promise to offer effective alternatives to traditional treatments for injuries to bone, cartilage, muscles, ligaments, and tendons. It explains in detail how a variety of innovative products, including biomaterials, growth factors, and autogenous cells, together provide the basis for the regeneration of these musculoskeletal structures and how recent scientific progress has created unique opportunities to address pathological situations that until recently have been treated with unsatisfactory results. The authors are experts from across the world who come together to provide a truly global overview. The book is published in collaboration with ISAKOS. It will be invaluable for all with an interest in this area of medicine, which has already attained huge popularity in Orthopaedics and Sports Medicine and has also attracted the attention of the lay public.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Om V. Singh.
    Summary: "Provide the insights of bio-pigmentation and molecular mechanisms of microbial biosynthesis of pigments. The new avenues of bio-pigments as sustainable resources to overcome from chemically synthesized pigments under safety net will be established"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    K. Marieke Paarlberg, Harry B.M. van de Wiel, editors.
    Summary: This book will assist the reader by providing individually tailored, high-quality bio-psycho-social care to patients with a wide range of problems within the fields of obstetrics, gynecology, fertility, oncology, and sexology. Each chapter addresses a particular theme, issue, or situation in a problem-oriented and case-based manner that emphasizes the differences between routine and bio-psycho-social care. Relevant facts and figures are presented, advice is provided regarding the medical, psychological, and caring process, and contextual aspects are discussed. The book offers practical tips and actions within the bio-psycho-social approach, and highlights important do?s and don?ts. To avoid a strict somatic thinking pattern, the importance of communication, multidisciplinary collaboration, and creation of a working alliance with the patient is emphasized. The book follows a consistent format, designed to meet the needs of challenged clinicians.

    Contents:
    Part I: Obstetrics, gynecology, fertility and sexology. Chapter 1. A pregnant woman afraid of to deliver: How to manage childbirth anxiety
    Chapter 2. A woman afraid of becoming pregnant again: Posttraumatic stress disorder following childbirth
    Chapter 3. A woman who cannot enjoy her pregnancy: Depression in pregnancy and puerperium
    Chapter 4. New mothers with disturbing thoughts: Treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorder and of psychosis in postpartum
    Chapter 5. A woman with a positive prenatal test on trisomy 21: Counseling in prenatal diagnosis
    Chapter 6. Parents who lost their baby: Guiding the mourning process in stillbirths and pregnancy terminations
    Chapter 7. A pregnant woman who could not stop drinking: Management of alcohol abuse during pregnancy
    Chapter 8. A young woman asking for labia reduction surgery: A plea for "vulvar literacy"
    Chapter 9. A woman struggling for control: How to manage severe eating disorders
    Chapter 10. A woman with inexplicable mood swings: Patient management of premenstrual syndrome
    Chapter 11. A woman who suffers always and forever: Management of chronic pelvic pain
    Chapter 12. A woman who has been cut: Female genital mutilation from a global perspective
    Chapter 13. A woman with stress incontinence: Urogenital complaints and psychosexual consequences
    Chapter 14. A couple who cannot conceive: Coping with infertility
    Chapter 15. A young woman facing cancer treatment: Shared decision-making in fertility preservation
    Chapter 16. A couple who considers artificial reproductive techniques: Psychosocially informed care in reproductive medicine
    Chapter 17. A woman who never could have coitus: Treatment of lifelong vaginismus
    Chapter 18. A woman with coital pain: New perspectives on provoked vestibulodynia
    Chapter 19. A woman with changing vulvar anatomy: Sexuality in women with lichen sclerosus
    Chapter 20. A woman complaining of lack of sexual desire: Sexological counseling
    Part 2. Fundamental introduction to the concepts of clinical roles, the meta-competences, and POG competency profiles. Chapter 21. A theoretical and empirical study of the core of the psychosomatic approach to obstetrics and gynecology: Meta-competences, clinical roles, and POG competency profiles
    Part 3. Clinical roles and meta-competences: The building blocks of psychosomatic obstetrics and gynecology
    Chapter 22. Introduction
    Chapter 23. History: A historical perspective on patient education in clinical practice and in medical education
    Chapter 24. Scholar: A scholar who cannot see the woods for the trees: The biosocial model as the scientific basis for the psychosomatic approach
    Chapter 25. Health advocate: An obstetrician in doubt--coping with ethical dilemmas and moral decisions
    Chapter 26. Communicator: The gynecologist who could not convince his patients
    Chapter 27. Collaborator: A midwife who had a conflict with an obstetrician--how to transform "contact tics" into "co tactics"
    Chapter 28. Professional: A sexologist who overstepped the mark--how to handle the therapeutic relationship in psychosocial care
    Chapter 29. Leader: A proof of leadership, dealing with and learning from work-related psychotrauma
    Chapter 30. Medical expert: The resident who passed the ultimate test--the integration of roles during the gynecological examination.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Myriam M.-L. Grundy, Peter J. Wilde, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: The structure of a food influences the way it is transformed during processing and digestion. This in turn has an impact on nutrient bioaccessibility (release) and digestibility, and subsequently on the physiological response and health of the individual who consumes that food. Although evidence exists on the health benefits associated with the inclusion of certain lipid-rich foods (e.g. nuts, dairy products and fish) in the diet, the mechanisms that explain the physiological effects and the long-term benefits are not well understood. Lipids in themselves have many beneficial health effects: they are a source of energy and essential fatty acids, they are structural components of cell membranes, they are required to solubilise fat soluble compounds, and they serve as precursors of hormones. In addition, the overall structure of the food containing the lipids plays a crucial role in determining health benefits, notably by influencing lipid bioaccessibility and digestibility. Bioaccessibility and digestibility of lipids from food uniquely focuses on the physico-chemical properties of lipids and lipid rich food, as well as the subsequent effects on human health. Chapters from experts in food digestion examine food structure at both the macro- and micro- levels, covering lipids from plant and animal food products. The editors have developed the book for dietitians, nutritionists, and food scientists. Clinicians and other health professionals, educators in nutrition, and others working in the food industry will also find the material relevant.

    Contents:
    Part 1- Digestion of lipids
    1 Enzymes involved in lipid digestion
    2 Colloidal events that may affect lipid bioaccessibility and digestibility
    3 In vivo and in vitro evaluation of lipid digestion
    Part 2- Lipid metabolism
    4 Oral processing of lipids
    5 Physiological aspects of lipid digestion
    6 Lipid and cardiovascular disease risks
    Part 3-Food structure
    7 Plant food and dietary fibres
    8 Diary products and lipid digestion
    9 Interaction with macronutrients
    Part 4 Other forms of lipids
    10 Lipid digestion and bioaccessibility of lipid soluble molecules
    11 Sterols digestion.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Johnny Stiban, editor.
    Summary: This book is about the various roles of bioactive ceramides and other sphingolipids in cellular biology. The enigmatic biophysical and biochemical properties of ceramides and their propensity to influence membranes whether as rafts or protein-permeable channels are heavily discussed. Metabolism of ceramides and their metabolites is also focused with ceramide synthase family of proteins being a target of extensive review. Ceramide 1-phosphate and other sphingolipids are also presented in cellular physiology and pathophysiology. Prokaryotic origins of mitochondria at the level of membranes and the occurrence of apoptosis in bacteria are presented. Many aspects of ceramide and sphingolipid biology are addressed in this book. Its focus is the metabolism of ceramide in normal and diseased states and the biophysical and biochemical mechanisms governing the bioactivity of these molecules. Sphingolipid research has surged over the past thirty years and this book gathers the recent findings of various aspects of sphingolipid biochemistry. World-renowned scientists from the field of lipid biology, specifically sphingolipid biochemistry, were gathered to write this book. Scholars from most continents of the globe committed to write diligently about their expertise and the newest findings in the relevant fields. This book came to fruition after almost a year and a half of laborious preparation and diligent writings. This book is targeted to the experienced reader who is looking to read about the various aspects of bioactive ceramide signaling, as well as to the newcomer into the field, as the topics are explained in concise yet very informative manner. The authors and editor wish all readers a pleasant time reading this volume, and are adamant that this book will meet all expectations.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Editor;
    1: Introduction: Enigmas of Sphingolipids; References;
    2: Prokaryotic and Mitochondrial Lipids: A Survey of Evolutionary Origins; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Bacterial and Mitochondrial Membranes; 2.3 Bacterial Lipids; 2.3.1 Environmental Factors; 2.3.1.1 Pressure; 2.3.1.2 Temperature; 2.3.1.3 Hypersalinity; 2.3.1.4 pH; 2.3.2 The Gram-Negative Outer Membrane; 2.3.3 Common, and Uncommon, Lipids in Bacteria; 2.3.3.1 Hopanoids and Sterols; 2.3.3.2 Sphingolipids and Lipid Rafts; 2.3.3.3 Ladderanes; 2.4 Lipids in Mitochondria 2.4.1 Mitochondrial Cholesterol and Other Sterols2.4.2 Mitochondrial Sphingolipids; 2.5 Programmed Cell Death; 2.5.1 Mitochondria and Apoptosis; 2.5.2 Bacterial Apoptosis; 2.6 Conclusions and Future Directions; References;
    3: Ceramide Channels; 3.1 Introduction; 3.1.1 Membrane Channels; 3.1.2 Membrane Channels Formed by Cellular Lipids; 3.2 Evidence for the Existence of Ceramide Channels; 3.2.1 Ceramide-Induced Permeabilization of the Mitochondrial Outer Membrane to Proteins; 3.2.2 Ceramide Addition Permeabilizes Phospholipid Membranes; 3.2.3 Model of the Ceramide Channel 3.2.4 Visualization of the Ceramide Channel by Electron Microscopy3.2.5 Dynamics of Ceramide Channels; 3.2.6 Ceramide Channel Destabilization by Anti-apoptotic Bcl-2 Family Proteins; 3.2.7 Synergy Between Ceramide and the Pro-apoptotic Protein Bax; 3.2.8 Membrane Specificity of Ceramide Channel Formation; 3.3 Conclusions; References;
    4: A Stroll Down the CerS Lane; 4.1 A Stroll Through the CerS Sequence, from N- to C-Terminus; 4.1.1 The CerS N-Terminus Faces the ER Lumen and Contains a Glycosylation Site; 4.1.2 The First TMD Targets CerS to the ER 4.1.3 A Conserved, Enigmatic Homeobox-Like Domain4.1.4 The TLC Domain Contains the Active Site and Determines Substrate Specificity; 4.1.4.1 The Lag1p Motif May Contain the N-Acylation Site; 4.1.4.2 Long Chain Base Specificity; 4.1.4.3 Acyl-CoA Specificity Is Determined by the Last Loop of the TLC Domain; 4.1.4.4 CerS2 Contains a S1P Receptor-Like Motif; 4.1.5 The CerS C-Terminus Faces the Cytosol and Contains Phosphorylation Sites; 4.2 CerS Regulation; 4.2.1 CerS Dimerization; 4.2.2 CerS Inhibition; 4.2.3 Transcriptional Regulation of CerS; 4.3 Summary and Conclusions; References
    5: The Role of Ceramide 1-Phosphate in Inflammation, Cellular Proliferation, and Wound Healing5.1 Introduction; 5.1.1 Ceramide 1-Phosphate; 5.1.2 The Biosynthesis of Ceramide 1-Phosphate in Mammalian Cells; 5.2 The Generation of Eicosanoids and Induction of the Inflammatory Response by Ceramide 1-Phosphate; 5.3 Ceramide 1-Phosphate and Cell Survival; 5.3.1 The Role of Ceramide 1-Phosphate in Cellular Proliferation; 5.3.2 Acid Sphingomyelinase; 5.3.3 The Association of Ceramide 1-Phosphate with the PI3-K/AKT, NF-kB, and Other Survival Pathways
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mostafa I. Waly, Mohammad Shafiur Rahman, editors.
    Summary: The high rate of urbanization and a steady increase in per capita income has improved the socio-economic status of people all over the world. This has resulted in drastic changes in their lifestyle and food consumption patterns, where traditional foods are being replaced with more ready-made junk foods with few servings of fresh vegetables and fruits. It has been postulated that industrialization has caused change in food choice, dietary pattern modification and resulted in a sedentary lifestyle. In addition, contaminated foods with unsafe microbes and chemical hazards are increasing. All of these events have resulted in an increased risk of cancer, the leading cause of mortality and morbidity worldwide. This book will provide a basic understanding of cancer, its risk factors, preventive measures, and possible treatments currently available, as well as identifying the different dietary factors that might synergize with a sedentary lifestyle in the etiology of cancer, and its prevention measure.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Risk Factors for Cancer: Genetic and Environment; 1 Introduction; 2 Environmental Risk Factors; 2.1 Tobacco; 2.2 Alcohol; 2.3 Occupational Carcinogens; 2.4 Environmental Pollution; 3 Diet Risk Factor; 3.1 Food Contaminants; 3.2 Aflatoxins; 3.3 Chemicals and Pesticides; 3.4 Food Additives; 4 Genetic Predisposition; 5 Interrelationship of Genetic Risk and Environmental Risk Factors; 6 Awareness of Risk Factors; 7 Conclusion; References; Anticancer Potential of Dietary Polyphenols; 1 Introduction; 2 Properties of Polyphenols. 2 Cinnamon as a Cancer Prevention2.1 Species of Cinnamon; 2.2 Chemical and Phytochemical Composition of Cinnamon; 2.3 Medical Uses of Cinnamon; 2.3.1 Cinnamon in Disease and Infection Prevention; 2.3.2 Cinnamon and Cancer Treatment; 2.4 Mechanism of Action of Cinnamon Against Cancer; 2.4.1 Antioxidant Property; 2.4.2 Anti-inflammatory Activity; 2.4.3 Antimicrobial Activity; 2.4.4 Insulin Potentiating Activity; 2.5 Toxicity of Overdose; 3 Conclusion; References; Broccoli (Brassica oleracea) as a Preventive Biomaterial for Cancer; 1 Introduction; 2 Nutritional Composition of Broccoli. 3 Phytochemicals in Broccoli4 Anticancer Effects as Evidenced from Cell Line Studies; 5 Anticancer Effects as Evidence from Animal Trial; 6 Clinical Trials; 7 Conclusion; References; Garlic Preventive Effect on Cancer Development; 1 Introduction; 2 Medicinal Aspects of Allium Foods; 3 Anticancer Effects of Garlic; 4 Bioavailability of Garlic-Derived Compounds; 5 Garlic as a Phytochemical Agent; 6 Conclusion; References; Antioxidant and Health Properties of Beehive Products Against Oxidative Stress-Mediated Carcinogenesis; 1 Introduction; 2 Beehive Products and Cancer; 2.1 Honey; 2.2 Pollen. 3.2.6 Mediation of Cellular Signaling: Mitogen-Activated Protein Kinase (MAPK) Pathway Modulation3.2.7 Mediation of Cellular Signaling: Cell Cycle Arrest; 3.2.8 Mediation of Cellular Signaling: Apoptotic Pathway Induction; 3.2.9 Epigenetic Modifications; 3.2.10 Glycolytic Inhibition; 4 Adjunctive Therapy; 5 Conclusion; References; Natural Products and Their Benefits in Cancer Prevention; 1 Introduction; 2 Antioxidant Properties of Natural Plants; 3 Anticancer Properties of Selected Natural Products; 4 Conclusion; References; Cinnamon as a Cancer Therapeutic Agent; 1 Introduction.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Jing Wang, Baoguo Sun, RongTsao Cao, editors.
    Summary: This book summarizes the reported health benefits of bioactive factors in cereal foods and their potential underlying mechanisms. Focusing on potential mechanisms that contribute to the various effects of bioactive factors on obesity, diabetes and other metabolic diseases, it helps to clarify several dilemmas and encourages further investigations in this field. Intended to promote the consumption of cereal foods or whole cereal foods to reduce the risk of chronic diseases, and to improve daily dietary nutrition in the near future, the book was mainly written for researchers and graduate students in the fields of nutrition, food science and molecular biology.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Editors;
    Chapter 1: Market and Consumption of Cereal Foods; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Baked Cereal Foods; 1.3 Fermented Cereal Foods; 1.3.1 Fermented Cereal Staple; 1.3.2 Fermented Cereal Beverage; 1.3.3 Fermented Cereal Condiment; 1.4 Extruded Cereal Foods; 1.4.1 Extruded Cereal Staple; 1.4.2 Extruded Cereal Snack; 1.5 Premixed Cereal Powder; References;
    Chapter 2: Technologies for Improving the Nutritional Quality of Cereals; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Extrusion Cooking; 2.3 High Pressure Processing; 2.4 Microwave Processing; 2.5 Milling; 2.6 Germination 2.7 Fermentation2.8 Enzymatic Processing; References;
    Chapter 3: Corn; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Bioactives in Corn; 3.2.1 Phenolics; 3.2.2 Carotenoids; 3.2.3 Alkaloids; 3.2.4 Proteins and Peptides; 3.2.5 Resistant Starch; 3.2.6 Vitamins and Minerals; 3.3 Molecular Mechanism of Bioactives in Corn; 3.4 Effects of Processing on Bioactive Availability; 3.5 Possible Approach to Enhance Health Benefit of Corn Bioactives; 3.6 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 4: Barley; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Bioactives in Barley; 4.3 Molecular Mechanism of Bioactives in Barley; 4.3.1 Antioxidant Properties 4.3.2 Antihyperglycemic4.3.3 Antihyperlipidemia; 4.3.4 Ameliorating Obesity; 4.3.5 Modulation of Gut Microbiota Community; 4.4 Effects of Processing on Availability; 4.5 Possible Approach to Enhance Health Benefits of Barley Bioactives; References;
    Chapter 5: Rice; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Bioactives in Rice; 5.2.1 Proteins; 5.2.2 Oil; 5.2.3 Phenolic Compounds; 5.3 Molecular Mechanisms of Bioactives in Rice; 5.3.1 Antioxidative Activities; 5.3.2 Antibiotic Activities; 5.3.3 Increased Immune Response; 5.3.4 Hypolipidemic Properties; 5.3.5 Anticancer Activity 5.4 Effects of Processing on Availability5.4.1 Germination; 5.4.2 Fermentation; 5.4.3 Extrusion; 5.5 Possible Approach to Enhance Health Benefit of Rice Bioactives; References;
    Chapter 6: Wheat and Wheat Hybrids; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Bioactives in Wheat and Wheat Hybrids; 6.2.1 Dietary Fiber (DF); 6.2.1.1 Distribution of Dietary Fiber in Wheat; 6.2.1.2 Official Methods to Analyze Dietary Fiber; 6.2.1.3 Function of Dietary Fiber; 6.2.2 Resistant Starch; 6.2.2.1 Resistant Starch and Classification; 6.2.2.2 Methods of Analysis of Resistant Starch in Foods 6.2.2.3 Functionality and Beneficial Physiological Effects of RS6.2.3 Vitamins; 6.2.3.1 Water-Soluble Vitamins; 6.2.3.2 Fat-Soluble Vitamins; 6.2.3.3 Other Vitamins; 6.2.4 Minerals; 6.2.4.1 Calcium; 6.2.4.2 Phosphorus; 6.2.4.3 Magnesium; 6.2.4.4 Iron; 6.2.4.5 Zinc; 6.2.4.6 Copper; 6.2.4.7 Sodium and Potassium; 6.2.4.8 Other Minerals; 6.2.5 Phytochemicals in Wheat; 6.2.5.1 Phenolic Compounds; 6.3 Effects of Processing on Wheat Bioactives and the Approach to Enhance Health Benefits of Wheat Bioactives; 6.3.1 Dietary Fiber and resistant starch During Processing
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Andres Trostchansky, Homero Rubbo, editors.
    Summary: The purpose of this book is to introduce the readers on the perspective of the role that unsaturated fatty acids and complex lipids play on health and disease. Bioactive lipids can be modified affecting membrane composition, structure and fluidity in addition to changes in cell signaling associated to lipid-protein (membrane receptors) interactions, issues that are addressed by the authors. This book analyzes key topics involving bioactive lipids and their role in normal signaling and the mechanisms of disease. The book navigates from structural studies of oxidized and non-oxidized lipids to the reactions and cell signaling processes that bioactive lipids play in cardiovascular and neurodegenerative diseases. The book contains the recent advances reported in the literature about lipidomics as well as the role that lipid-derived compounds exert on unfolded protein response and lipid metabolism and disease. This book represents a state of the art introduction to lipid metabolism from a biochemical to an in vivo overview being an useful tool for students and investigators. We hope the mechanistic observations on the role of bioactive lipids in health and disease serve a perspective to improve the existing treatments or propose new lipid-based pharmacology.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Part I: Structure, Characterization and Physicochemical Properties of Bioactive Lipids;
    1: Diffusion and Transport of Reactive Species Across Cell Membranes; 1.1 Cellular Membranes; 1.2 Diffusion Across Membranes; 1.3 The Permeability Coefficient; 1.4 Interactions of Reactive Species with Membranes; 1.4.1 Oxygen; 1.4.2 Singlet Oxygen; 1.4.3 Nitric Oxide; 1.4.4 Nitrogen Dioxide; 1.4.5 Hydrogen Sulfide; 1.4.6 Peroxynitrite Anion and Peroxynitrous Acid; 1.4.7 Superoxide and Hydroperoxyl Radical; 1.4.8 Hydrogen Peroxide; 1.4.9 Hydroxyl Radical 1.5 Considerations About the Permeability of Membranes to Reactive SpeciesReferences;
    2: Characterization of Hydroxy and Hydroperoxy Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids by Mass Spectrometry; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Fatty Acid Hydroperoxide Formation; 2.3 Hydroperoxide- and Hydroxy-Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids Analysis; 2.3.1 Characterization of Linoleic Acid Hydro(pero)xides; 2.3.2 Characterization of Arachidonic Acid Hydro(pero)xides; 2.3.3 Characterization of Eicosapentaenoic Acid Hydro(pero)xides; 2.3.4 Characterization of Docosahexaenoic Acid Hydro(pero)xides; 2.4 Conclusion; References
    4: Diminishing Inflammation by Reducing Oxidant Generation: Nitrated Fatty Acid-Mediated Inactivation of Xanthine Oxidoreductase4.1 Xanthine Oxidoreductase (XOR); 4.2 Shortcomings Associated with Allo/Oxypurinol Inhibition of XOR; 4.3 Nitrated Fatty Acids; 4.4 OA-NO2 and LNO2 Inactivate XOR; 4.5 XOR-Endothelium Interaction Does not Affect Inactivation by OA-NO2; References;
    5: Unfolded Protein Response: Cause or Consequence of Lipid and Lipoprotein Metabolism Disturbances?; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Unfolded Protein Response 5.3 From the Unfolded Protein Response to Lipid Metabolism Disturbances5.4 From Lipotoxicity to Unfolded Protein Response; 5.5 Closing Remarks and Perspectives; References; Part III: Bioactive Lipids in Inflammatory and Cardiovascular Diseases;
    6: Arachidonic Acid and Nitroarachidonic: Effects on NADPH Oxidase Activity; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Arachidonic Acid Metabolism in Macrophage Activation; 6.3 NADPH Oxidase 2 Activation; 6.4 Activation of NOX2 by Arachidonic Acid; 6.5 Inhibition of NOX2 by Nitroarachidonic Acid; 6.6 Summary; References
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editor, Anil K. Sharma.
    Contents:
    Anticancer Alkaloids: Molecular Mechanisms and Clinical Manifestations.
    Emerging Alkaloids Against Cancer: A Peep into Factors, Regulation, and Molecular Mechanisms.
    Mechanistic Insight into Cancer Aetiology and Therapeutic Management by Natural Metabolites.
    Flavones: Flavonoids Having Chemico-Biological Properties with a Preview into Anticancer Action Mechanism.
    Cancer Chemoprevention by Dietary Polyphenols, Flavonoids, Terpenoids, and Saponins.
    Immunogenic Potential of Natural Products.
    Immunomodulatory and Therapeutic Potential of Marine Flora Products in the Treatment of Cancer.
    Ligand-Based Designing of Natural Products.
    Drug Resistance in Cancer and Role of Nanomedicine-Based Natural Products.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Joginder Singh, Vineet Meshram, Mahiti Gupta, editors.
    Summary: This book highlights different natural products that are derived from the plants and microbes that have shown potential as the lead compounds against infectious diseases and cancer. Natural products represent an untapped source of strikingly diverse chemotypes with novel mechanisms of action and the potential to serve as anticancer and anti-infective agents. The book discusses a range of biotechnologically valuable bioactive compounds and secondary metabolites that have been derived from plant and microorganisms from various ecological niches. It also reviews the latest developments in the field of genomics, bioinformatics and industrial fermentation for harnessing the microbial products for commercial applications. In turn, the books closing section reviews important biotechnological applications of various natural products. Combining the expertise of specialists in this field, the books goal is to promote the further investigation of natural sources for the development of standardized, safe and effective therapies.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Part I: Plants Natural Products: Fountainheads for Drug Discovery and Development
    1: The Artemisia Genus: Panacea to Several Maladies
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Phytochemistry
    1.3 Conservation of Artemisia Species
    1.4 Conclusions
    References
    2: Bacopa monnieri: The Neuroprotective Elixir from the East-Phytochemistry, Pharmacology, and Biotechnological Improvement
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Methodology
    2.3 Bioactivity Study
    2.3.1 Biological Activities of Plant Extract(s)
    2.3.1.1 Pro-cognitive Activity 2.3.1.2 Anti-neurodegenerative Activity
    2.3.1.3 Antidepressant and Anti-stress Activity
    2.3.1.4 Neuroprotective Activity
    2.3.1.5 Cardioprotection
    2.3.1.6 Gastrointestinal and Hepatoprotective Activity
    2.3.1.7 Antiemetic Activity
    2.3.1.8 Anti-epileptic Activity
    2.3.1.9 Antioxidant Activity
    2.3.1.10 Miscellaneous Activity
    2.3.2 Pharmacological Activity of the Active Compounds
    2.3.2.1 Bacoside A
    Anti-Alzheimerś Activity
    Anti-apoptotic Activity
    Anti-epileptic Activity
    Antidepressant Activity
    Anti-dopaminergic Activity
    Anti-inflammatory Activity 3.5.9 Immunomodulatory Properties
    3.5.10 Neuroprotective Activity
    3.5.11 Cardioprotective Activity
    3.6 Phytochemistry of Cinnamon
    3.7 Clinical Study Based on Cinnamon
    3.8 Extraction and Isolation of Bioactive Phytochemicals
    3.9 Biotechnological Techniques for Large-Scale Multiplication of Cinnamomum Species
    3.10 Molecular Markers for Genetic Diversity Assessment of Cinnamomum Species
    3.11 Discussion and Conclusion
    References
    4: Swertia spp.: A Potential Source of High-Value Bioactive Components, Pharmacology, and Analytical Techniques
    4.1 Introduction 3: Current Knowledge of Cinnamomum Species: A Review on the Bioactive Components, Pharmacological Properties, Analytical and B...
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Botanical Description
    3.3 Distribution
    3.4 Traditional Use and Polyherbal Formulation of Cinnamon
    3.5 Pharmacological Property of Cinnamomum Species
    3.5.1 Anti-inflammatory Activity
    3.5.2 Antibacterial Activity
    3.5.3 Antifungal Activity
    3.5.4 Antiviral Activity
    3.5.5 Antioxidant Activity
    3.5.6 Anticancer Activity
    3.5.7 Gastroprotective Activity
    3.5.8 Hypoglycemic/Anti-lipidemic Activity Antioxidant Activity
    Hepatoprotection
    Neuroprotection
    Protease Inhibition Activity
    Renoprotective Activity
    Wound-Healing Activity
    2.3.2.2 Bacopaside I
    2.3.2.3 Betulinic Acid
    2.3.3 Pharmacological Activity of the Polyherbal Formulation(S)
    2.3.3.1 Cognition
    2.3.3.2 Hepatic Encephalopathy
    2.4 Biotechnological Advancement
    2.5 Toxicity Study
    2.6 Drug Designing
    2.7 Structure-Activity Relationship
    2.8 Summary
    2.9 Conclusion
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Feridoun Karimi-Busheri, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Integration, networking, and global biobanking in the age of new biology
    2. The future of biobanking: a conceptual look at how biobanks can respond to the growing human biospecimen needs of researchers
    3. Sustainability of biobanks in the future
    4. Biobanking: the future of cell preservation strategies
    5. Biobanking for personalized medicine
    6. A global view of breast tissue banking
    7. Biobanking of cerebrospinal fluid for biomarker analysis in neurological diseases
    8. Biobanking in the twenty-first century: driving population metrics into biobanking quality
    9. Challenges in developing a cancer oriented-biobank: experience from a 17 year-old cancer biobank in Sao Paulo, Brazil
    10. China biobanking
    11. Establishing an iso-compliant modern cancer-biobank in a developing country: a model for international cooperation
    12. Nursing and biobanking
    13. A data-centric strategy for modern biobanking
    14. The importance of quality patient advocacy to biobanks: a lay perspective from Independent Cancer Patients Voice (ICPV), based in United Kingdom
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Qayyum Husain, Mohammad Fahad Ullah, editors.
    Summary: This book introduces readers to industrially important enzymes and discusses in detail their structures and functions, as well as their manifold applications. Due to their selective biocatalytic capabilities, enzymes are used in a broad range of industries and processes. The book highlights selected enzymes and their applications in agriculture, food processing and discoloration, as well as their role in biomedicine. In turn, it discusses biochemical engineering strategies such as enzyme immobilization, metabolic engineering, and cross-linkage of enzyme aggregates, and critically weighs their pros and cons. Offering a wealth of information, and stimulating further research by presenting new concepts on enzymatic catalytic functions in basic and applied contexts, the book represents a valuable asset for researchers from academia and industry who are engaged in biochemical engineering, microbiology and biotechnology.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Saulius Drukteinis, Josette Camilleri, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on hydraulic calcium silicate-based materials available in clinical dentistry, used as pulp capping materials, root canal sealers, root-end fillers, or root repair materials and which offer improved properties and easier clinical application compared with the original mineral trioxide aggregate. The book introduces the current classification of bioceramic materials and explains their characterization and their physicochemical and biological properties. Thereafter, the various clinical applications of these materials are discussed in depth with reference to the evidence base. The coverage includes applications in endodontic treatments and complications, traumatic dental injuries, management of the vital pulp in both dentitions, and regenerative endodontic procedures. Apart from presenting the latest research on hydraulic calcium silicate-based materials, Bioceramic Materials in Clinical Endodontics promotes an essential balance between basic laboratory and clinical research. It will thus be an important reference for materials science specialists, clinical researchers, and clinicians.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    Current Classification of Bioceramic Materials in Endodontics
    1 Introduction
    2 Classification of Hydraulic Cements
    3 Bioceramics and Hydraulic Calcium Silicate Cements
    4 Clinical Presentation
    5 Conclusions
    References
    Characterization and Properties of Bioceramic Materials for Endodontics
    1 Introduction
    2 Coronal Use
    2.1 Chemical, Physical and Mechanical Properties
    2.2 Biological Characteristics
    2.3 Clinical Performance and Material Interactions
    3 Intra-radicular Use 3.1 Chemial, Physical and Mechanical Properties
    3.2 Biological Characteristics
    3.3 Clinical Performance and Material Interactions
    4 Extra-radicular Use
    4.1 Chemical, Physical and Mechanical Properties
    4.2 Biological Characteristics
    4.3 Clinical Performance and Material Interactions
    4.4 Conclusions
    References
    Bioceramic Materials for Vital Pulp Therapy
    1 Introduction
    2 Pulp Inflammation and Healing
    3 Pulp Capping and Biomaterials
    4 Step-by-Step Procedures
    4.1 Pulp Capping
    4.2 Pulp Chamber Pulpotomy 5 Application of Pulp Capping and 'Bioproducts' to Stimulate Regeneration
    6 Short- and Long-Term Future Developments
    7 Conclusions
    References
    Bioceramic Materials in Regenerative Endodontics
    1 Pulp Regeneration
    2 Regeneration or Repair
    3 Clinical Treatment
    4 Limitations
    5 The Use of Hydraulic Calcium Silicate Cements for Revitalization
    6 Reaction of Hydraulic Tricalcium Silicates with Tissue Fluids
    7 Mechanical Properties of Hydraulic Calcium Silicates in Revitalization
    8 Discoloration
    9 Conclusion
    References Bioceramic Materials for Root Canal Obturation
    1 Introduction
    2 Flowable Hydraulic Calcium Silicate-Based Obturation Materials
    2.1 iRoot®SP, EndoSequence® BC Sealer™, and TotalFill® BC Sealer™
    2.2 EndoSequence BC Sealer HiFlow and TotalFill® BC Sealer HiFlow™
    2.3 Bio-C Sealer
    2.4 Well-Root ST
    2.5 CeraSeal
    2.6 BioRoot™ RCS
    3 Bioceramic-Coated (BC) Gutta-Percha Points for Root Canal Obturation
    4 Sealer Delivery Methods
    5 Root Canal Obturation Techniques
    5.1 Cold Lateral Compaction
    5.2 Warm Vertical Condensation and Its Modifications 5.3 Single-Cone Obturation
    6 Conclusions
    References
    Bioceramic Materials for Management of Endodontic Complications
    1 Introduction
    2 Materials Used for Management of Endodontic Complications
    2.1 iRoot®BP, EndoSequence® BC RRM™, and TotalFill® BC RRM™ Paste
    2.2 iRoot®BP Plus, EndoSequence® BC RRM™, and TotalFill® BC RRM™ Putty
    2.3 iRoot®FS, EndoSequence® BC RRM™, and TotalFill® BC RRM™ Fast Set Putty
    2.4 Well-Root™ PT
    2.5 Biodentine®
    3 Temporary Bioceramic-Based Root Canal Dressing Materials
    4 Apexification Procedures
    5 Perforation Repair
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kausik Chattopadhyay, Subhash C. Basu, editor.
    Summary: "Cell surface small molecules and macromolecules, such as members of cholesterol family (including steroid hormones), the glycolipid family (sphingolipids), the glycoprotein family (both N-linked and O-linked), and a vast array of other receptors have been shown to be involved in normal and abnormal cellular processes. The 11th International Symposium on Cell Surface Macromolecules, held in Mohali, India, in February 2017 provided a comprehensive update on the major advances in this area. Presenting selected contributions from this meeting, this book comprises 24 chapters, which provide in-depth analyses of data on the role of cell surface macromolecules in cellular function and their alterations associated with pathological conditions. It includes comprehensive research papers and critical overviews of the functional role of cell surface molecules, discussing topics such as biochemical, biophysical, and cell biological approaches to study cell membrane molecules, and metabolism of glycoconjugates"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Membrane Organization. Status of membrane asymmetry in erythrocytes: role of spectrin / Sauvik Sarkar, Dipayan Bose, Rajendra P. Giri, Mrinmay K. Mukhopadhyay, Abhijit Chakrabarti
    Multiple roles, multiple adaptors: dynein during cell cycle / Devashish Dwivedi, Mahak Sharma
    Changes in the nuclear envelope in laminopathies / Subarna Dutta, Maitree Bhattacharyya, Kaushik Sengupta
    Biophysics of membrane proteins and cell surface macromolecules. The effect of nanoparticles on the cluster size distributions of activated EGFR measured with photobleaching image correlation spectroscopy / Chiara Paviolo, James W. M. Chon, Andrew H. A. Clayton
    Factors influencing the chaperone-like activity of major proteins of mammalian seminal plasma, equine HSP-1/2 and bovine PDC-109: effect of membrane binding, pH and ionic strength / Cheppali Sudheer Kumar, Bhanu Pratap Singh, Sk. Alim, Musti J. Swamy
    Exploring the mechanism of viral peptide-induced membrane fusion / Gourab Prasad Pattnaik, Geetanjali Meher, Hirak Chakraborty
    Amyloids are novel cell-adhesive matrices / Reeba S. Jacob [and others]
    The prospects of cadherin-23 as a mediator of homophilic cell-cell adhesion / Malay Kumar Sannigrahi, Sai Srinivas, Sabyasachi Rakshit
    Structural-mechanical and biochemical functions of classical cadherins at cellular junctions: a review and some hypotheses / Prince Tiwari, Arpita Mrigwani, Harpreet Kaur, Pallavi Kaila, Rajendra Kumar, Purnananda Guptasarma
    G-protein coupled receptors: from structure to function. Identification of sphingolipid-binding motif in G protein-coupled receptors / Sandeep Shrivastava, Md. Jafurulla, Shrish Tiwari, Amitabha Chattopadhyay
    Molecular signatures of cholesterol interaction with serotonin receptors / Madhura Mohole, Xavier Prasanna, Durba Sengupta, Amitabha Chattopadhyay
    Cell surface macromolecules in neurobiology. Group I metabotropic glutamate receptors (mGluRs): ins and outs / Prabhat Kumar Mahato, Namrata Ramsakha, Prachi Ojha, Ravinder Gulia, Rohan Sharma, Samarjit Bhattacharyya
    Soluble amyloid precursor protein [alpha]: friend or foe? / Nicola J. Corbett, Nigel M. Hooper
    C. elegans locomotion: finding balance in imbalance / Shruti Thapliyal, Kavita Babu
    Cell surface macromolecules: infection, immunity and disease. Induction of apoptosis in metastatic breast cancer cells: XV. Downregulation of DNA polymerase-[alpha] – helicase complex (replisomes) and glyco-genes / Subhash C. Basu [and others]
    Dynamic function of DPMS is essential for angiogenesis and cancer progression / Zhenbo Zhang, Jesús E. Serrano-Negrón, Juan A. Martínez, Krishna Baksi, Dipak K. Banerjee
    Benzothiophenes as potent analgesics against neuropathic pain / Saurabh Yadav, Vishnu Kumar Dwivedi, Sarika Gupta, Avadhesha Surolia
    PRR function of innate immune receptors in recognition of bacteria or bacterial ligands / Aakanksha Gulati, Deepinder Kaur, G. V. R. Krishna Prasad, Arunika Mukhopadhaya
    Structural basis and functional implications of the membrane pore-formation mechanisms of bacterial pore-forming toxins / Anish Kumar Mondal [and others]
    Abiraterone and ionizing radiation alter the sphingolipid homeostasis in prostate cancer cells / Valentina Murdica [and others]
    A glycomic approach towards identification of signature molecules in CD34+ haematopoietic stem cells from umbilical cord blood / Suchandra Chowdhury [and others]
    Microbial cell surface. Vitamin C: a natural inhibitor of cell wall functions and stress response in mycobacteria / Kirtimaan Syal, Dipankar Chatterji
    The wrappers of the 1,2-propanediol utilization bacterial microcompartments / Naimat K. Bari, Gaurav Kumar, Sharmistha Sinha
    F-type lectin domains: provenance, prevalence, properties, peculiarities, and potential / Sonal Mahajan, T. N. C. Ramya.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RM300 .B55
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Abhijit Chakrabarti.
    Summary: Consists of critical reviews and original research papers from the 2014 International Symposium on the "Biochemical Role of Eukaryotic Cell Surface Macromolecules". Topics covered include: · neurochemical and biochemical analysis of cell surface glycoconjugates · membrane skeletal organization · GPCRs and other receptors · biophysical approaches to study membrane interactions · glycoconjugate metabolism · dysregulation · molecular mechanisms involved in cell-cell and cell-matrix interaction · glycans in infectious and neurological diseases · cancer and glycosyltransferases as drug targets.

    Contents:
    Human-specific evolutionary changes in the biology of siglecs / Flavio Schwarz, Jerry J. Fong, and Ajit Varki
    Structural changes of GPI anchor after its attachment to proteins: functional significance / Taroh Kinoshita
    Novel insights in membrane biology utilizing fluorescence recovery after photobleaching / Amitabha Chattopadhyay and Md. Jafurulla
    Defects in erythrocyte membrane skeletal architecture / Avik Basu and Abhijit Chakrabarti
    Membrane rafts in the erythrocyte membrane: a novel role of MPP1p55 / Aleksander F. Sikorski, Joanna Podkalicka, Walis Jones, and Agnieszka Biernatowska
    Immuno-modulatory role of porins: host immune responses, signaling mechanisms and vaccine potential / Sanica C. Sakharwade, G. V. R. Krishna Prasad, and Arunika Mukhopadhaya
    Vibrio cholerae cytolysin: structure-function mechanism of an atypical [beta]-barrel pore-forming toxin / Anand Kumar Rai and Kausik Chattopadhyay
    New Vis-Tas in lactosylceramide Research / Subroto Chatterjee, Sumita Mishra, and Sara Kimiko Suzuki
    Plasma membrane-associated sialidase confers cancer initiation, promotion and progression / Taeko Miyagi, Kohta Takahashi, Kazuhiro Shiozaki, Kazunori Yamaguchi, and Masahiro Hosono
    A signal with a difference: the role of GPI anchor signal sequence in dictating conformation and function of the Als5 Adhesin in Candida albicans / Mohammad Faiz Ahmad, Pareeta Gajraj Mann, and Sneha Sudha Komath
    Novel chondroitin sulfate oligosaccharide motifs as biomarkers: insights into their involvement in brain development / Kazuyuki Sugahara
    Role of hyaluronidases in the catabolism of chondroitin sulfate / Shuhei Yamada
    Pattern recognition in legume lectins to extrapolate amino acid variability to sugar specificity / Nisha Jayaprakash Grandhi, Ashalatha Sreshty Mamidi, and Avadhesha Surolia
    Conformational dynamics of oligosaccharides characterized by paramagnetism-assisted NMR spectroscopy in conjunction with molecular dynamics simulation / Ying Zhang, Takumi Yamaguchi, Tadashi Satoh, Maho Yagi-Utsumi, Yukiko Kamiya, Yoshitake Sakae, Yuko Okamoto, and Koichi Kato
    Characterization of cholesterol crystalline domains in model and biological membranes using X-Ray diffraction / R. Preston Mason and Robert F. Jacob
    Role of lipid-mediated effects in [beta]2-adrenergic receptor dimerization / Xavier Prasanna, Amitabha Chattopadhyay, and Durba Sengupta
    Effect of temperature on the phase behaviour of fully saturated DAPC lipid bilayer: a comparative molecular dynamics simulation study / Ipsita Basu and Chaitali Mukhopadhyay
    Biophysical characterization of the interaction of O-acylcholines with the major bovine seminal plasma protein, PDC-109 / Rajani S. Damai, Pradip K. Tarafdar, Bhanu Pratap Singh, S. Thirupathi Reddy, and Musti J. Swamy
    Crystal structure of APO and ligand bound Vibrio cholerae ribokinase (Vc-RK): role of monovalent cation induced activation and structural flexibility in sugar phosphorylation / Rakhi Paul, Madhumita Dandopath Patra, and Udayaditya Sen
    Synthetic glycolipids and (p)ppGpp analogs: development of inhibitors for mycobacterial growth, biofi lm and stringent response / Kirtimaan Syal, Krishnagopal Maiti, Kottari Naresh, Dipankar Chatterji, and N. Jayaraman
    Regulations of glycolipid: XI. glycosyltransferase (GSL: GLTs) genes involved in SA-LeX and related GSLs biosynthesis in carcinoma cells by biosimilar apoptotic agents: potential anticancer drugs / Subhash Basu, Rui Ma, Joseph R. Moskal, and Manju Basu
    N-acetylglucosaminyl 1-phosphate transferase: an excellent target for developing new generation breast cancer therapeutic / Aditi Banerjee, Juan A. Martinez, Maria O. Longas, Zhenbo Zhang, Jesus Santiago, Krishna Baksi, and Dipak K. Banerjee
    Involvement of vascular endothelial growth factor in serotonin 1A receptor-mediated neuroproliferation in neonatal mouse hippocampus / S. Samaddar, B. Ranasinghe, S.J. Tantry, P.R. Debata, and P. Banerjee
    Structural heterogeneity of glycoform of Alpha-1 acid glycoprotein in alcoholic cirrhosis patients / Goutam Mandal, Hirokazu Yagi, Koichi Kato, and Bishnu Pada Chatterjee.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Eastham, R. D.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RB40 .B615
    5
  • Print
    David E. Metzler ; in association with Carol M. Metzler ; designed and illustrated by David J. Sauke.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QH345 .M39
    2
  • Digital
    J. Robin Harris, Viktor I. Korolchuk, editors.
    Summary: In recent years, volumes of the long-established Springer Subcellular Biochemistry series have shown great diversity of content, thus interesting biochemical topics, enthusiastically edited in all cases, have been readily accommodated. This new volume of the Subcellular Biochemistry series, Biochemistry and Cell Biology of Ageing: Part II, offers a broad overview of many different Clinical Science aspects of Ageing. The 17 chapters included in the book, contributed by knowledgeable authors, review many important topics at an advanced level. Whilst it has proved impossible to include all relevant topics, there is much present that will be of value to the reader. The book contains chapters on: "Poor Early Growth and Age-associated Disease; The Immune System and its Dysregulation with Ageing; Pulmonary Diseases and Ageing; Neurodegenerative Diseases and Ageing; Ageing and Cognition; Ageing and Osteoarthritis; Down Syndrome, Ageing and Epigenetics; The Vestibular System and Ageing; Signal Transduction, Ageing and Disease; Skin Changes During Ageing; Connective Tissue and Age-related Diseases ; Potential Cellular and Biochemical Mechanisms of Exercise and Physical Activity on the Ageing Process; Health Benefits of Anti-ageing Drugs; Visual Defects and Ageing; Hutchinson-Gilford Progeria Syndrome: Challenges at Bench and Bedside; Osteoporosis and the Ageing Skeleton; Neurovascular Ageing and Age-related Diseases" The book is primarily directed to advanced biomedical science and medical students, postgraduates, researchers, clinicians and academics in the field of Ageing. An earlier companion volume of the Subcellular Biochemistry series - Biochemistry and Cell Biology of Ageing: Part I (Volume 90) - covering the Biomedical Science aspects of ageing, has also been recently published.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Emine E. Abali, Roy Carman, Douglas B. Spicer.
    Summary: "This book can serve as a companion text for many standard textbooks of biochemistry, especially in stand-alone biochemistry or foundational science lecture-based courses, it is particularly suited as a primary resource in more integrated curricula. It can also serve as an excellent review of relevant biochemistry topics for more advanced students"-- Provided by publisher. "Biochemistry Behind the Symptoms takes a problem-based approach to understanding and applying biochemistry for superior clinical outcomes. Organized around the common symptoms encountered by clinicians, this engaging text clarifies the connections between foundational science and clinical manifestations to help users form confident diagnoses throughout their clerkship and beyond. Each chapter explores the biochemical concepts behind underlying causes and demonstrates their ties to presenting symptoms through 5 realistic patient cases. Accompanying questions encourage discussion and guide users in building accurate differential diagnoses. Ideal for peer-to-peer learning environments or independent study, this practical approach strengthens users' application of fundamental knowledge and ensures the long-term retention essential to clinical success. 50 Patient Cases emphasize the biochemical concepts behind common patient symptoms through problem-based learning. Clinical Impression sections encourage critical thinking and train students step by step in building effective differential diagnoses. Basic Science Correlations in each Patient Case clarify the biochemical concepts underlying diagnosis with an engaging question-and-answer format. High-Yield Concepts summarized after each Patient Case reinforce students' comprehension of essential chapter concepts. Digital Animations immerse students in biochemical processes to enrich their understanding and diagnostic confidence. "-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Shortness of Breath
    Jaundice
    Diarrhea
    Bruising
    Fatigue
    Failure to Thrive
    Developmental Delays in Infancy and Early Childhood
    Gout
    Altered Mental Status
    Obesity.
  • Digital
    Fernando Alemanno, editor.
    Summary: This book discusses and explains the importance of biochemistry knowledge in understanding what happens to patients during anesthesia and/or to those being in intensive care. It covers a wide range of topics, such as Cerebral Edema, Shock, Blood-Brain Barrier, The Pulmonary surfactant, The Acid-Base equilibrium, Local anaesthetics, Perineural adjuvants, Normobaric Oxygen Therapy, Theories of Narcosis. Hyperventilation effects and consequences are also presented. For instance, by hyperventilating a patient with a PaCO2 significantly below 25 mmHg, we risk blocking pyruvic acid carboxylation and transforming it into oxalacetic acid, which in turn knocks out the Krebs cycle, possibly leading to a complication, i.e. to metabolic acidosis and not to compensation for respiratory alkalosis. It is also worth remembering that vitamins are actually molecules of pretty considerable potency and should not be simply intended as integrators. If we inject a patient under intensive care with vitamin C, this not only plays a capillary-protective role but facilitates the conversion of dopamine to noradrenaline. As far as vitamin B6 goes, not only is it the most natural of antiemetics but the coenzyme responsible for transforming glutamate as one of the most powerful excitatory mediators into GABA, one of the fiercest inhibitors. Anesthesiological and intensive care practice require a detailed biochemistry knowledge to avoid onset of complications and/or to deal with unexpected events promptly and appropriately. The book is intended for anesthesiologists, intensivists, anesthesia teachers, anesthesia trainees and residents.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    Chapter 1 Enzymes and Coenzymes
    Chapter 2 Anaerobic Glycolysis or Embden-Meyerhof Pathway
    Chapter 3 The Tricarboxylic Acids Cycle or Krebs Cycle
    Chapter 4 The Collateral Glutamate
    GABA Cycle
    Chapter 5 The Pentose Cycle or Direct Oxidative Pathway (DOP) (The Sleep Pathway)
    Chapter 6 Neurotransmitters
    Chapter 7 The Blood-Brain Barrier (BBB)
    Chapter 8 Shock
    Chapter 9 Cerebral Edema
    Chapter 10 The Pulmonary Surfactant
    Chapter 11 When the Mind Does Not Work As It Should
    Chapter 12 Thiamine (Vitamin B1)
    Chapter 13 Normobaric Oxygen Therapy (NBO)
    Chapter 14 The Acid
    Base equilibrium
    Chapter 15 Theories of Narcosis
    Chapter 16 Local Anaesthetics
    Chapter 17 Perineural Adjuvants
    Chapter 18 The Grand Design
    Chapter 19 Epilogue and Farewell.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Tsugikazu Komoda, Toshiyuki Matsunaga.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Ricardo Jorge Gelpi, Alberto Boveris, Juan José Poderoso, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Section 1 GENERAL ASPECTS: 1 The concept of oxidative stress after 30 years
    2 Evolution of atmospheric oxygen and oxygen metabolism
    3 Mitochondria as origin of cellular oxidative stress
    4 Biochemistry and physiology of mtNOS
    5 Biochemistry of nitrogen reactive species
    6 Biochemistry of nitro fatty acids
    7 Mammalian adaptation to life at high altitude
    8 Metabolic syndrome and oxidative stress in rat pancreas
    9 Progesterone prevents mitochondrial dysfunction and oxidative stress in the spinal cord of wobbler mice
    10 Mitochondrial transfer by intercellular nanotubes
    Section 2 CARDIOVASCULAR: 11 Role of Oxidative Stress in Subcellular Defects in Ischemic Heart Disease
    12 Regulation of protein nitrosylation by Trx1
    13 Inhibition of adenylyl cyclase type 5 increases longevity and healthful aging through oxidative stress protection
    14 Antioxidant supplementation in elderly cardiovascular patients
    15 Rupture of redox homeostasis in a model of pulmonary artery
    16 Mitochondrial reactive oxygen species triggered by the cardiac renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system
    17 Mitochondrial complex I inactivation and increased autooxidation after ischemia-reperfusion in the stunned heart
    18 Oxidized LDL and atherogenesis
    19 Reactive oxygen species and cyclooxygenase products in the regulation of blood flow in small vessels
    20 Thioredoxin-1 attenuates postischemic ventricular and mitochondrial dysfunctions
    21 Nitro-arachidonic acid reduces the damaged area in rat myocardial infarction
    22 Inhaled particulate matter and myocardial dysfunction
    Section 3 NEURODEGENERATION AND NEURONAL FUNCTION: 23 Effect of lipoic acid in the triple transgenic mouse model of Alzhaimer's disease
    24 Neurovascular coupling mediated by NO in the hippocampus
    25 Protection from neurodegeneration: signaling and mitocondrial regulation
    26 Oxidative stress and neurodegeneration
    27 Oxidative stress, metabolic syndrome and Alzheimerþs disease
    28 Systemic oxidative stress in patients with neurodegenerative diseases
    Section 4 CANCER: 29 Oxygen metabolism and oxidative stress in cancer cells
    30 Mitochondrial biogenesis is required for survival and propagation of cancer cells
    31 Tumor immunology & immunotherapy in patients
    32 Oncogene-induced Nrf2 repression as adaptive response of cancer cells to acquire a pro-oxidant state favoring cell survival and in vivo tumor growth
    33 Mitochondrial dynamics regulate oxidative metabolism in Leydig tumor cells
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Mary Ann Asson-Batres, Cécile Rochette-Egly, editors.
    Summary: A role for vitamin A in living organisms has been known throughout human history. In the last 100 years, the biochemical nature of vitamin A and its active derivative, retinoic acid, its physiological impact on growth processes and the essential details of its mechanism of action have been revealed by investigations carried out by researchers using vertebrate and more recently invertebrate models to study a multiplicity of processes and conditions, encompassing embryogenesis, postnatal development to old age. A wealth of intercellular interactions, intracellular signaling systems and molecular mechanisms have been described and the overall conclusion is that retinoic acid is essential for life. This book series, with chapters authored by experts in every aspect of this complex field, unifies the knowledge base and mechanisms currently known in detailed, engaging, well-illustrated, focused chapters that synthesize information for each specific area. In view of the recent explosion in this field, it is timely to publish a contemporary, comprehensive, book series recapitulating the most exciting developments in the field and covering fundamental research in molecular mechanisms of vitamin A action, its role in physiology, development and continued well-being and the potential of vitamin A derivatives and synthetic mimetics to serve as therapeutic treatments for cancers and other debilitating human diseases. VOLUME I: Here, we present the first volume of a multi-volume series on Retinoic Acid Signaling that will cover all aspects of this broad and diverse field. One aim of Volume I is to present a compilation of topics related to the biochemistry of nuclear retinoic acid receptors, from their architecture when bound to DNA and associated with their coregulators to their ability to regulate target gene transcription. A second aim is to provide insight into recent advances that have been made in identifying novel targets and non-genomic effects of retinoic acid. Volume I is divided into ten chapters contributed by prominent experts in their respective fields. Each chapter starts with the history of the area of research. Then, the key findings that contributed to development of the field are described, followed by a detailed look at key findings and progress that are being made in current, ongoing research. Each chapter is concluded with a discussion of the relevance of the research and a perspective on missing pieces and lingering gaps that the author recommends will be important in defining future directions in vitamin A research.

    Contents:
    Forward
    History of Retinoic Acid Receptors
    Architecture of DNA Bound RAR Heterodimers
    Retinoic Acid Receptors: Structural Basis for Coregulator Interaction and Exchange
    Evolution of Retinoic Acid Receptors and Retinoic Acid Signaling
    RXRs: Collegial Partners
    Nuclear and Extra-Nuclear Effects of Retinoic Acid Receptors: How they are interconnected- The Roles of Retinoic Acid and Retinoic Acid Receptors in Inducing Epigenetic Changes
    RARs and micro RNAs
    Integrative genomics to dissect retinoids functions
    Complexity of the RAR{u2010}Mediated Transcriptional Regulatory Programs
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Mary Ann Asson-Batres, Cécile Rochette-Egly, editors.
    Summary: This book covers subjects that have major impacts on society, such as the mechanism of maternal-fetal transfer of vitamin A, and the effects of alcohol on retinoic acid signaling and mammalian embryonic development. There has been an awareness of the importance of consuming vitamins throughout human history, but empirical studies of their physiological role and mode of action only began about 150 years ago. Since then, the biochemical nature of vitamin A and its active derivative, retinoic acid, have been identified and researchers around the globe have investigated retinoic acid's physiological function in growth processes and in maintaining life Written by leading experts, this book discusses the latest findings and advances in retinoic acid research. It addresses topics such as the role of retinoic acid signaling in a multitude of processes, including limb, heart and respiratory system development, as well as its role in maintaining postnatal organ systems. This book is a valuable resource for scientists involved in vitamin A/retinoic acid research and readers interested in developmental biology.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    1 How Dietary Deficiency Studies Have Illuminated the Many Roles of Vitamin A During Development and Postnatal Life
    Introduction
    History
    In Pursuit of an Unknown Factor
    First Impressions of Effects on Postnatal Animals
    Effects of Vitamin A on the Postnatal Nervous System
    Effects of Vitamin A on Reproduction and Embryonic Development
    Development of the Field
    Search for a Mechanism of Action
    Current State of the Field
    Post 1987
    Vitamin A Deficiency in Postnatal Animals
    Custom Diets Maternal VA Status and Fetal Retinoid Concentrations
    Placental VA Levels Versus Fetal Retinoid Concentrations
    Development of the Field
    Maternal-Fetal Transfer of VA: Is There a Role for the RBP-Retinol Complex?
    Maternal-Fetal Transfer of VA: The Role for Other Placental Proteins
    Maternal-Fetal Transfer of Other Retinoids
    Maternal-Fetal Transfer of VA-Unanswered Questions
    Current State of the Field
    The Retinol-RBP Pathway Is the Primary Contributor to Embryonic Development
    Mechanisms of Maternal-Fetal Transfer of VA-Containing Lipoprotein Other NGS-Based Technologies to Detect Regions Containing RAR Binding Sites
    Integrative Approaches
    Relevance
    Future Directions
    References
    4 RA Signaling in Limb Development and Regeneration in Different Species
    Introduction
    History
    Development of the Field
    Zebrafish Fin Development
    Amphibian Limb Development
    Amphibian Limb Regeneration
    Chick Limb Development
    Mouse Limb Development
    Current State of the Field
    Complexities of Limb Formation
    Relevance
    The Future
    References
    5 Retinoic Acid Signaling and Heart Development
    Introduction Vitamin A Deficiency Effects on the Rodent Olfactory System
    The Hippocampus-Synaptic Plasticity
    The Cardiovascular System
    Effects of Vitamin A Deficiency on Other Postnatal Systems
    Relevance
    Future Directions
    How Much Vitamin A Do Animals Need for Optimal Health and Longevity?
    Have All Actions of Vitamin A Been Described?
    References
    2 Maternal-Fetal Transfer of Vitamin A and Its Impact on Mammalian Embryonic Development
    Introduction
    History
    Early Discoveries: VA and Infertility
    Maternal Dietary VA Intake and Fetal Retinoid Concentrations
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Mary Ann Asson-Batres, Cecile Rochette-Egly, editors.
    Contents:
    Carotenoids and retinoids: nomenclature, chemistry, and analysis / Earl H. Harrison, Robert W. Curley Jr.
    Functions of intracellular retinoid binding-proteins / Joseph L. Napoli
    Vitamin A transport and cell signaling by the retinol-binding protein receptor stra6 / Noa Noy
    Vitamin A absorption, storage and mobilization / William S. Blaner, Yang Li, Pierre-Jacques Brun, Jason J. Yuen, Seung-Ah Lee [and others]
    Retinoic acid synthesis and degradation / Natalia Y. Kedishvili
    Cellular retinoic acid binding proteins: genomic and non-genomic functions and their regulation / Li-Na Wei
    Non-classical transcriptional activity of retinoic acid / Noa Noy
    Vitamin A as pkc co-factor and regulator of mitochondrial energetics / Ulrich Hammerling
    Vitamin A and vision / John C. Saari.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Simmi Kharb
    Summary: "The book is conceived and written with the hope that it would create interest and enthusiasm among students, particularly because biochemistry has a crucial role in human health and diseases. Most students in medicine and health-related fields will eventually be able to apply biochemical principles to the practice of medicine. The goal of the book is to help you revise the topics covered in a lecture along with suitable interpretation of clinical correlations. This will help you answer the questions as to why you are reading this topic and how you will apply biochemical principles to the art of healing and the relief of human suffering."--Preface
  • Digital
    Guenther Witzany, editor.
    Summary: This is the first book to systemize all levels of communicative behavior of phages. Phages represent the most diverse inhabitants on this planet. Until today they are completely underestimated in their number, skills and competences and still remain the dark matter of biology. Phages have serious effects on global energy and nutrient cycles. Phages actively compete for host. They can distinguish between 'self and 'non-self (complement same, preclude others). They process and evaluate available information and then modify their behaviour accordingly. These diverse competences show us that this capacity to evaluate information is possible owing to communication processes within phages (intra-organismic), between the same, related and different phage species (interorganismic), and between phages and non-phage organisms (transorganismic). This is crucial in coordinating infection strategies (lytic vs. lysogenic) and recombination in phage genomes. In 22 chapters, expert contributors review current research into the varying forms of phage biocommunication and Phagetherapy. Biocommunication of Phages aims to assess the current state of research, to orient further investigations on how phages communicate with each other to coordinate their behavioral patterns, and to inspire further investigation of the role of non-phage viruses (non-lytic, non-prokaryotic) in these highly dynamic interactional networks.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. What Does Communication of Phages Mean?
    Chapter 2. Phage-Phage, Phage-Bacteria, and Phage-Environment Communication
    Chapter 3. Phage communication and the ecological implications on microbial interactions, diversity, and function
    Chapter 4. Phage-Phage Interactions
    Chapter 5. Social interactions among bacteriophages
    Chapter 6. Phage protein interactions in the inhibition mechanism of bacterial cell
    Chapter 7. Are phages parasites or symbionts of bacteria?
    Chapter 8. Microbial communication networks: sketching a methodology to analyze communication involving bacteriophages inside environmental communities
    Chapter 9. Information stored in a phage particle: Lactobacillus delbrueckii bacteriophage LL-H as a case
    Chapter 10. Archaeal viruses and their interactions with CRISPR-Cas systems
    Chapter 11. Filamentous phages affect virulence of the phytopathogen Ralstonia solanacearum
    Chapter 12. Intra-population interactions and the evolution of RNA phages
    Chapter 13. ssRNA phages: life cycle, structure and applications
    Chapter 14. Phages as therapy or "dietary supplements"against multiresistant bacteria?
    Chapter 15. Bacteriophage application and biological safety (or how should I train my dog not to bite me)
    Chapter 16. Phage therapy: an alternative to antibiotics
    Chapter 17. Bacteriophage as a therapeutic agent to combat bacterial infection: A journey from history to application
    Chapter 18. Phagetherapy: Clinical applications
    Critical appraisal of randomized controlled trials
    Chapter 19. Bacteriophage therapies targets multiple diseases caused by protein misfolding
    Chapter 20
    Phage Therapy in Cystic Fibrosis. Challenges and Perspectives
    Chapter 21. Bacteriophage Applications for Food Safety
    Chapter 22. Bacteriophages for environmental applications: Effect of trans-organismic communication on wastewater treatments.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Imad About, editor.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to BiodentineTM, an innovative biocompatible and bioactive material based on pure tricalcium silicate that can permanently replace dentin and can also serve as a temporary enamel substitute. Although BiodentineTM has been widely used across the world for the past decade, this is the first book to be devoted to its properties, interactions with the soft and hard tissues, and its multiple clinical applications. The coverage encompasses applications in primary and permanent teeth, in specialties as diverse as restorative dentistry, endodontics, paediatric dentistry, dental traumatology, and prosthetic dentistry. BiodentineTM application both in vital pulp therapy and endodontic procedures is illustrated and clinical step by step protocols are provided. The book provides a detailed update on BiodentineTM use to preserve the pulp vitality in direct/indirect pulp capping, pulpotomy and irreversible pulpitis treatment. It also details BiodentineTM use for non-vital teeth treatment in indications such as root/furcation perforation repair, apexification as well as in regenerative endodontic procedures.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1) Biodentine Microstructure and Composition
    Chapter 2) Biodentine Physico-chemical Properties: From Interactions with Dental Tissues to Aging
    Chapter 3) Biocompatibility and Bioactive Properties of Biodentine
    Chapter 4) Biodentine in Inflammation and Pain Control
    Chapter 5) Biodentine Clinical Applications in Vital Pulp Therapy in Permanent Teeth
    Chapter 6) Biodentine: Applications in Pulpotomy of Deciduous Teeth
    Chapter 7) Biodentine Applications in Traumatology and Fractures
    Chapter 8) Biodentine Applications in Irreversible Pulpitis Management in Children and Adults
    Chapter 9) Calcium Silicate-based Cement (Biodentine TM) as a Bioactive Material for the Long-Term Preservation of Pulp Vitality in Restorative Dentistry and Prosthodontics
    Chapter 10) Biodentine Applications in Furcation Perforation and Root Resorption
    Chapter 11) Clinical Applications of Biodentine in Regenerative Endodontics/Revitalization.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital/Print
    editors, Paul G. Yock, Stefanos Zenios, Joshua Makower, Todd J. Brinton, Uday N. Kumar, F.T. Jay Watkins ; principal writer, Lyn Denend ; specialy editor, Thomas M. Krummel ; web editor, Christina Kurihara.
    Summary: "This step-by-step guide to medical technology innovation, now in full color, has been rewritten to reflect recent trends of industry globalization and value-conscious healthcare. Written by a team of medical, engineering, and business experts, the authors provide a comprehensive resource that leads students, researchers, and entrepreneurs through a proven process for the identification, invention, and implementation of new solutions. Case studies on innovative products from around the world, successes and failures, practical advice, and end-of-chapter 'Getting Started' sections encourage readers to learn from real projects and apply important lessons to their own work. A wealth of additional material supports the book, including a collection of nearly 100 videos created for the second edition, active links to external websites, supplementary appendices, and timely updates on the companion website at ebiodesign.org. Readers can access this material quickly, easily, and at the most relevant point in the text from within the ebook"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: Preface; Focus on value; Global perspectives; Process insights; Part I. Identify: Stage
    1. Needs Finding: 1.1 Strategic focus; 1.2 Needs exploration; 1.3 Need statement development; Case study; Stage
    2. Needs Screening: 2.1 Disease state fundamentals; 2.2 Existing solutions; 2.3 Stakeholder analysis; 2.4 Market analysis; 2.5 Needs selection; Case study; Part II. Invent: Stage
    3. Concept Generation: 3.1 Ideation; 3.2 Initial concept selection; Case study; Stage
    4. Concept Screening: 4.1 Intellectual property basics; 4.2 Regulatory basics; 4.3 Reimbursement basics; 4.4 Business models; 4.5 Concept exploration and testing; 4.6 Final concept selection; Case study; Part III. Implement: Stage
    5. Strategy Development: 5.1 IP strategy; 5.2 R & D strategy; 5.3 Clinical strategy; 5.4 Regulatory strategy; 5.5 Quality management; 5.6 Reimbursement strategy; 5.7 Marketing and stakeholder strategy; 5.8 Sales and distribution strategy; 5.9 Competitive advantage and business strategy; Case study; Stage
    6. Business Planning: 6.1 Operating plan and financial model; 6.2 Strategy integration and communication; 6.3 Funding approaches; 6.4 Alternate pathways; Case study; About the author team; Image credits; Glossary; Index.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R856 .B56 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Armen B. Avagyan, Bhaskar Singh.
    Summary: Air pollution policy is closely connected with climate change, public health, energy, transport, trade, and agriculture, and generally speaking, the Earth has been pushed to the brink and the damage is becoming increasingly obvious. The transport sector remains a foremost source of air pollutants - a fact that has stimulated the production of biofuels. This book focuses on the biodiesel industry, and proposes a modification of the entire manufacturing chain that would pave the way for further improvements. Oil derived from oilseed plantations/crops is the most commonly used feedstock for the production of biodiesel. At the same time, the UK's Royal Academy of Engineering and 178 scientists in the Netherlands have determined that some biofuels, such as diesel produced from food crops, have led to more emissions than those produced by fossil fuels. Accordingly, this book re-evaluates the full cycle of biodiesel production in order to help find optimal solutions. It confirms that the production and use of fertilizers for the cultivation of crop feedstocks generate considerably more GHG emissions compared to the mitigation achieved by using biodiesel. To address this fertilization challenge, projecting future biofuel development requires a scenario in which producers shift to an organic agriculture approach that includes the use of microalgae. Among advanced biofuels, algae's advantages as a feedstock include the highest conversion of solar energy, and the ability to absorb CO2 and pollutants; as such, it is the better choice for future fuels. With regard to the question of why algae's benefits have not been capitalized on for biofuel production, our analyses indicate that the sole main barrier to realizing algae's biofuel potential is ineffective international and governmental policies, which create difficulties in reconciling the goals of economic development and environmental protection.

    Contents:
    Introduction. Links to International Policy and Markets.
    Biodiesel from Plant Oil and Waste Cooking Oil.
    Biodiesel from Algae.
    Barriers in the Biofuel-Producing Chain and Revision of Environmental Impacts.
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Münir Öztürk, Volkan Altay, Recep Efe, editors.
    Summary: Of the world's seven continents, Asia is the largest. Its physical landscapes, political units, and ethnic groups are both wide-ranging and many. Southwest, South and Middle Asia are highly populated regions which, as a whole, cover an extremely large area of varied geography. In total, this domain is unique in its plant diversity and large vegetation zones with different communities and biomes. It is rich in endemics, with specific and intraspecific diversity of fruit trees and medicinal plants, including a number of rare, high value, species. At the same time, much of the land in the region is too dry or too rugged, with many geographical extremes. Overgrazing, oil and mineral extraction, and poaching are the major threats in the area. This two-volume project focuses on the dynamic biodiversity of the region with in-depth analysis on phytosociology, plants, animals and agroecology. There are also chapters that explore new applications as well as approaches to overcome problems associated with climate change. Much of the research and analysis are presented here for the first time. We believe this work is a valuable resource for professionals and researchers working in the fields of plant diversity and vegetation, animal diversity and animal populations, and geo-diversity and sustainable land use, among others. The first volume guides our readers to West Asia and the Caucasus region, while volume two focuses on issues unique to South and Middle Asia.

    Contents:
    Biodiversity and Environmental Conservation in Palestine
    Lichens of the Negev Desert (Israel) - Diversity, distribution, and of the relationship with microclimate
    Lichens: Characteristics, importance, uses, distribution in Turkey
    Endangered swamp forests in Turkey - An ecological inventory, prospects and challenges
    Forest fires and sustainability in Mediterranean ecosystems
    Turkey's Wild Orchids
    Agrodiversity in Turkey: Case study on Rice
    Pepper Agrodiversity in West Asia
    Promising small molecules against cancer from Ganoderma genus
    The Vertebrate Biodiversity of Turkey
    Medicinal Plants of Northeast Anatolia
    Main Problems of the Sustainable Development of the South Caucasus and Processes of Transformation of Landscapes (Ecosystems) Biodiversity
    Forest cover for the safety of biosphere and environment
    Agrodiversity and Sustainable Development
    Plant Diversity and General Vegetation of Georgia
    Faunal Diversity in Georgia- General Perspective
    An Overview of the Plant Diversity of Azerbaijan
    Agrobiodiversity of Azerbaijan
    Faunal diversity of Azerbaijan
    Genus Crataegus (Rosaceae) in the flora of Nakhchivan Autonomous Republic of Azerbaijan
    Herbals used in Western Iran as food and for health treatments
    Fish Fauna in the Amur Water System of the Jewish Autonomous Region in Russia
    Paleogeography of Caspian Sea, Water Level Fluctuations and Consequences on the Environment and Civilization.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kishan Gopal Ramawat, editor.
    Summary: Plant classifications are based on morphological characters and it is difficult, particularly in small plants and grasses, to identify these below generic level on the basis of these characters using a dissecting microscope. Plant species have intra- and inter-specific variation in secondary metabolites which can be utilized as marker compounds for identification and classification of plants. Secondary metabolites are produced as a result of primary metabolism and the production of these compounds not only involves several genes but also it is an energy dependent process. Hence these products cannot be considered as insignificant for the plant and the environment. Modern tools of molecular biology and secondary metabolites present in them can definitively decide about classification of plants. Absence of correct identification of plant is associated to many problems of resource utilization. Due to wide availability of these tools, interest has revived in systematics and correct classification of plants based on these parameters for their sustainable utilization and resource management. The purpose of this book is to assess the potential of phytochemical and molecular tools in the systematic and classification of plants. The topics covered include species concept, barcoding and phylogenetic analysis, chemotaxonomy use of polyketides, carotenes, cuticular wax, volatile oils, biodiversity of corals, metazoans, Ruta and Echinocereus. It provides comprehensive and broad subject-based reviews, useful for students, teachers, researchers, and all others interested in the field. The field has been kept wide and general to accommodate the wide-ranging topics. This book will be useful to agriculturists, chemists, botanists, industrialists, and those involved in planning of crop plants.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    Part I: Biodiversity
    2. Generation of Data on Reproductive Ecology is Important for Effective Conservation of Our Plant Diversity
    3. Molecular Approaches to Explore Coastal Benthic Metazoan Diversity
    Success and Constraints
    4. Soft Corals Biodiversity in the Egyptian Red Sea
    5. Assessment of Grasslands in Indian Desert
    a Holistic Approach
    Part II: Chemotaxonomic Markers
    6. Chemotaxonomy Significance of Alkaloids in Plants
    7. Iridoids as Chemotaxonomic Marker
    8. Chemosystematic Significance of Flavonoids
    9. Isoquinoline Alkaloids as Chemotaxonomic Markers
    10. Saponin Diversity in Plants
    11. Chemotaxonomy and Chemodiversity of Fungal Polyketides
    12. Chemotaxonomic Profiling for High-Value Caretonoids in Microalgae
    13. Fungi
    Part III: Diversity and Phylogeny
    14. Plant Barcoding and Phylogenetic Analysis: Advances, Challenges and Future Trends
    15. Molecular Techniques to Assess Plant Diversity
    16. Diversity of the Genus Ocimum
    17. Phylogeny in Echinocereus (Cactaceae): Taxonomic Implications
    18. Genetic Variation in Brassica and Allied Genera
    Part IV: Case Studies in Chemotaxonomy
    19. Chemotaxonomic Survey on the Genus Sedum L. (Crassulaceae) Based on Distribution and Variability of the Epicuticular Wax Constituents
    20. Chemotaxonomic Study of Volatile Oils from Rhizomes of Zingiber species (Zingigeraceae)
    21. Chemical Variability in Essential Oils from Ruta Species and its Taxonomic and Ecological Significance
    22. Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Brian J. Huntley, Vladimir Russo, Fernanda Lages, Nuno Ferrand, editors.
    Summary: This open access multi-authored book presents a 'state of the science' synthesis of knowledge on the biodiversity of Angola, based on sources in peer-reviewed journals, in books and where appropriate, unpublished official reports. The book identifies Angola as one of the most biologically diverse countries in Africa, but notes that its fauna, flora, habitats and the processes that drive the dynamics of its ecosystems are still very poorly researched and documented. This 'state of the science' synthesis is for the use of all students of Angola's biodiversity, and for those responsible for the planning, development and sustainable management of the country's living resources. The volume brings together the results of expeditions and research undertaken in Angola since the late eighteenth century, with emphasis on work conducted in the four decades since Angola's independence in 1975. The individual chapters have been written by leaders in their fields, and reviewed by peers familiar with the region.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Introduction: Setting The Scene
    Chapter 1. Introduction: Towards a Modern Synthesis
    Chapter 2. Angola in Outline: Physiography, Climate and Patterns of Biodiversity
    Chapter 3. Marine Biodiversity of Angola: Biogeography and Conservation
    Chapter 4. Biodiversity in Angola through Time: A Paleontological Perspective
    Part 2. Flora, Vegetation and Landscape change
    Chapter 5. The Flora of Angola: Collectors, Richness and Endemism
    Chapter 6. Vegetation Survey, Classification and Mapping in Angola
    Chapter 7. Suffrutex Dominated Ecosystems in Angola
    Chapter 8. Landscape Changes in Angola
    Part 3. INVERTEBRATE DIVERSITY: ENVIRONMENTAL INDICATORS
    Chapter 9. The Dragonflies and Damselflies of Angola: An Updated Synthesis
    Chapter 10. The Butterflies and Skippers of Angola
    Part 4. VERTEBRATES: DISTRIBUTION AND DIVERSITY
    Chapter 11. The Freshwater Fishes of Angola
    Chapter 12. The Amphibians of Angola: Early Studies and the Current State of Knowledge
    Chapter 13. The Reptiles of Angola: History, Diversity, Endemism and Hotspots
    Chapter 14. The Avifauna of Angola: Richness, Endemism and Rarity
    Chapter 15. The Mammals of Angola
    Chapter 16
    The Cetaceans of Angola
    Chapter 17. The Giant Sable Antelope: Angola?s National Icon
    Part 5. RESEARCH AND CONSERVATION OPPORTUNITIES
    Chapter 18. Biodiversity Conservation: History, Protected Areas and Hotspots
    Chapter 19. Museum and Herbarium Collections for Biodiversity Research in Angola
    Chapter 20. Biodiversity Research and Conservation Opportunities.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ghulam Hassan Dar, Anzar A. Khuroo, editors.
    Summary: The Himalaya, a global biodiversity hotspot, sustains about one-fifth of the humankind. Nestled within the north-western mountain ranges of the Himalaya, the Jammu and Kashmir (J&K) State harbours more than half of the biodiversity found in the Indian Himalaya. The wide expanse of State, spread across the subtropical Jammu, through the temperate Kashmir valley, to the cold arid Ladakh, is typical representative of the extensive elevational and topographical diversity encountered in the entire Himalaya. This book, the most comprehensive and updated synthesis ever made available on biodiversity of the J&K State, is a valuable addition to the biodiversity literature with global and regional relevance. The book, arranged into 7 parts, comprises of 42 chapters contributed by 87 researchers, each of whom is an expert in his/her own field of research. The precious baseline data contained in the book would form the foundation for assessing current status of knowledge about the bioresources, identify the knowledge gaps, and help prioritization of conservation strategies to steer the sustainable use of biodiversity in this Himalayan region. Given the breadth of topics covered under the banner of biodiversity in this book, it can surely serve as a model for documentation of biodiversity in other regions of the world. The book will be of immense value to all those who, directly or indirectly, have to deal with biodiversity, including students, teachers, researchers, naturalists, environmentalists, resource managers, planners, government agencies, NGOs and the general public at large. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    An introduction to biodiversity of the Himalaya : Jammu and Kashmir State
    Biodiversity : a global perspective
    Floristic diversity of India : an overview
    Faunal diversity of India
    Floristic diversity of the Indian Himalaya
    Jammu and Kashmir State : an overview
    Vegetation of Jammu and Kashmir State : a general account
    Forest ecosystems of Jammu and Kashmir State
    Aquatic ecosystems of Jammu and Kashmir State
    Genetic diversity in rosaceous fruits of Jammu and Kashmir State : apple, apricot, and almond
    Varietal diversity in cereal crops of the Jammu and Kashmir State
    Genetic diversity in Lymnaea acuminata from Jammu region, Jammu and Kashmir State
    Algal diversity in Jammu and Kashmir State
    Fungal diversity in the Kashmir Himalaya
    Diversity of lichens in Jammu and Kashmir State
    An updated checklist of bryophytes in Jammu and Kashmir State
    Pteridophytic flora of Jammu and Kashmir State : a new sketch
    Diversity of gymnosperms in Jammu and Kashmir State
    An updated taxonomic checklist of angiosperms in Jammu and Kashmir State
    An updated checklist of aquatic macrophytes in Jammu and Kashmir State
    Diversity in medicinal and aromatic flora of the Kashmir Himalaya
    An annotated inventory of arboreal flora in Jammu and Kashmir State
    Asteraceae in Jammu and Kashmir Himalaya : a floristic account
    Leguminosae in Jammu and Kashmir State : a systematic checklist
    Poisonous plants of the Kashmir Himalaya : a checklist
    Flora of Ladakh : an annotated inventory of flowering plants
    Taxonomic inventory of ants (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) in Jammu and Kashmir State
    Biodiversity of butterflies (Lepidoptera: Rhopalocera) of Jammu and Kashmir State
    Select brachycera families (Diptera) in Jammu and Kashmir State
    Diversity of insects infesting medicinal and aromatic plants in the Kashmir Valley
    Moth (Lepidoptera) fauna of Jammu and Kashmir State
    Bark beetle fauna (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) of Jammu and Kashmir State
    Diversity of fishes in Jammu and Kashmir State
    Annotated list of amphibians and reptiles of Jammu and Kashmir State
    Avifaunal diversity in Jammu and Kashmir State
    Wild mammalian diversity in Jammu and Kashmir State
    Threatened flora of Jammu and Kashmir State
    Threatened fauna of Jammu and Kashmir State
    Urbanization and its impact on biodiversity in the Kashmir Himalaya
    Impact of climate change on vegetation distribution in the Kashmir Himalaya
    Biodiversity conservation in Jammu and Kashmir State : current status and future challenges
    Biodiversity conservation in Jammu and Kashmir State : legal framework and concerns.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Marianne Darbi.
    Summary: We are witnessing an alarming, global biodiversity crisis with an ongoing loss of species and their habitats. In response, a number of tools and approaches - including some that are contested - are being explored and promoted. Biodiversity offsets are one such approach, and deserve critical examination since the debate surrounding them has often been oversimplified and lacking practical evidence. As such, this study presents a refined typology including seven types of biodiversity offsets and taking into account different contexts, governance arrangements and drivers. It draws on a detailed analysis of theoretical concepts to explain the voluntary implementation of biodiversity offsets using an internet-based (netnographic) research approach. Furthermore it builds on a broad global explorative base of 72 practical examples and presents in-depth case studies for each type. The results reveal a number of global tendencies that allow recommendations to be made for different locations, contexts and stakeholders. They also encourage the expansion of this research field to respond to the pressing needs of policy and practice.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Abstract
    Keywords
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    List of Figures
    List of Tables
    1: Biodiversity Offsets and No Net Loss: Introduction, Problem Statement, and Research Questions
    1.1 Introduction to the Context for Biodiversity Offsets: From Biodiversity Loss to No Net Loss of Biodiversity
    What Are the Implications for the Present Study?
    1.2 Introduction to the Concept of Biodiversity Offsets
    What Are the Implications for the Present Study?
    1.3 Problems of Biodiversity Offsets, Research Gaps, and Problem Statement 2.2.2 Theoretical Concepts of Empirically Grounded Typification: The Attribute Space After Lazarsfeld and Barton
    What Are the Implications for the Present Study?
    2.3 Methods for Empirical Analysis and Sampling
    2.3.1 Methods and Materials of Data Collection
    What Are the Implications for the Present Study?
    2.3.2 Methods for Sampling as Basis for Choice of Case Studies
    What Are the Implications for the Present Study?
    References
    3: Applying the Concept of Voluntariness to Explain Behavior Towards Environmental Conservation What Are the Implications for the Present Study?
    1.4 Aim and Research Design
    What Are the Implications for the Present Study?
    References
    2: Developing a Typology of Biodiversity Offsets Using an Internet and Expert Based Approach: Methods and Materials
    2.1 General Methodology of an Internet-Based Research
    Why Was This Research Approach Chosen for the Present Study?
    2.1.1 Introduction to Web 2.0 and the Role of Cyberscience for Academic Research
    What Are the Implications for the Present Study?
    2.1.2 The Netnographic Approach What Are the Implications for the Present Study?
    2.1.3 Research Process of Internet-Based (Web 1.0 and Web 2.0) Research: The RUDE Procedure
    What Are the Implications for the Present Study?
    2.1.4 Variety and Choice of Tools for Research in a Web 2.0 Environment
    What Are the Implications for the Present Study?
    2.2 Typification and Categorization as a Scientific Method
    2.2.1 Definition, Terminology, and Scope: Ideal Versus Empirical Types
    What Are the Implications for the Present Study? Why Is It Necessary to Establish a Theoretically Grounded Description of Voluntariness for the Present Study?
    3.1 Defining and Understanding the Notion of Voluntariness and Its Prerequisites: Definition, Terminology, and Scope
    3.1.1 Descriptive Approach
    What Are the Implications for the Present Study?
    3.1.2 Normative Approach
    What Are the Implications for the Present Study?
    3.2 General Theoretical Concepts to Analyze or Explain Voluntariness
    3.2.1 The Egoism-Altruism Paradigm
    What Are the Implications for the Present Study?
    3.2.2 Economic Theories
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Sharad P. Paul.
    Summary: This book is a detailed review of the 'state-of-the art' of skin lines in cutaneous surgery. Surgical literature is inundated with references to Langer's Lines, Cleavage Lines, Wrinkle Lines and Relaxed Skin Tension Lines, but this title discusses the difference between these and incisional and excisional lines biomechanically, introducing the concept of biodynamic excisional skin tension (BEST) Lines. The problem with current concepts of skin tension lines is that they seem to differ in different textbooks, and lines for surgical egress, which work in conditions of low tension, are not necessarily suitable for skin cancer surgery. Biodynamic Excisional Skin Tension Lines for Cutaneous Surgery describes skin biomechanics, the properties of collagen and elastin, lower limb skin vascularity and also maps BEST lines across the body, making it a great reference guide for plastic or dermatologic surgery worldwide. As such, it will be beneficial for anyone performing cutaneous surgery and skin cancer excisions in clinical practice, or for those planning further research into skin biomechanics to read this volume.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Iris Lewandowski, editor ; in collaboration with Nicole Gaudet [and 4 more].
    Summary: This book is open access under a CC BY 4.0 license. This book defines the new field of "Bioeconomy" as the sustainable and innovative use of biomass and biological knowledge to provide food, feed, industrial products, bioenergy and ecological services. The chapters highlight the importance of bioeconomy-related concepts in public, scientific, and political discourse. Using an interdisciplinary approach, the authors outline the dimensions of the bioeconomy as a means of achieving sustainability. The authors are ideally situated to elaborate on the diverse aspects of the bioeconomy. They have acquired in-depth experience of interdisciplinary research through the university's focus on "Bioeconomy", its contribution to the Bioeconomy Research Program of the federal state of Baden-Württemberg, and its participation in the German Bioeconomy Council. With the number of bioeconomy-related projects at European universities rising, this book will provide graduate students and researchers with background information on the bioeconomy. It will familiarize scientific readers with bioeconomy-related terms and give scientific background for economists, agronomists and natural scientists alike.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    Part I: Bioeconomy Concepts and Research Methods
    Chapter 2: Context
    Chapter 3: Bioeconomy concepts
    Chapter 4: Core principles
    Chapter 4: Inter- and Transdisciplinarity in the Bioeconomy
    Part II: Knowledge Base for Biobased Value Chains
    Chapter 5:Biobased Resources and Value Chains
    Chapter 6: Primary Production
    Chapter 7: Processing of Biobased Resources
    Chapter 8: Markets, Sustainability management and Entrepreneurship.- Part III: Transition to a Sustainable Bioeconomy
    Chapter9: Modelling and Tools Supporting the Transition to a Bioeconomy
    Chapter 10: Environmental Economics, the Bioeconomy and the Role of Government
    Chapter 11: Economic Growth, Development, and Innovation? The Transformation towards a Knowledge-based Bioeconomy
    Chapter 12: The Bioeconomist.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Joachim Pietzsch, editor.
    Summary: This book provides an interdisciplinary and comprehensible introduction to bioeconomy. It thus offers basic knowledge for understanding a transformation process that will shape the 21st century and requires the integration of many, so far unrelated disciplines and industries. We are talking about the gradual and necessary transition from the age of fossil fuels, which began around 200 years ago, to a global economy based on renewable raw materials (and renewable energies). The success of this transition is key to coping with the challenge of climate change. This book conceives the realization of bioeconomy as a threefold task - a scientific, an economic and an ecological one. · Where does the biomass come from that we need primarily for feeding the growing world population but also for future energy and material use? How can it be processed in biorefineries and what role does biotechnology play in this regard? · Which aspects of innovation economics need to be considered, which economic aspects of value creation, competitiveness and customer acceptance are important? · What conditions must a bioeconomy fulfil in order to enable a sustainable development of life on earth? May it be regarded as a key to further economic growth or shouldn't it rather orient itself towards the ideal of sufficiency? By dealing with these questions from the not necessarily consistent perspectives of proven experts, this book provides an interdisciplinary overview of a dynamic field of research and practice that raises more questions than answers and thus may nurture the motivation of many more people to seriously engage for the realization of a bioeconomy. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction
    Chapter 2: The origin of biomass
    Chapter 3: Food security and healthy nutrition in the context of the bioeconomy
    Chapter 4: The use of biomass for the production of fuel and chemicals
    Chapter 5: The importance of biotechnology for bioeconomy
    Chapter 6: The bioeconomy from the point of view of the innovation economy
    Chapter 7: Bioeconomy as a circular and integrated system
    Chapter 8: Criteria for the success of the bioeconomy
    Chapter 9: The conditions of a sustainable bioeconomy
    Chapter 10: Bioeconomy
    Key to unlimited economic and consumer growth?
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Anuj Kumar and Ram K. Gupta.
    Summary: Bioelectronics is emerging as a new area of research where electronics can selectively detect, record, and monitor physiological signals. This is a rapidly expanding area of medical research, that relies heavily on multidisciplinary technology development and cutting-edge research in chemical, biological, engineering, and physical science. This book provides extensive information on the (i) fundamental concepts of bioelectronics, (ii) materials for the developments of bioelectronics such as implantable electronics, self-powered devices, bioelectronic sensors, flexible bioelectronics, etc, and (iii) an overview of the trends and gathering of the latest bioelectronic progress. This book will broaden our knowledge about newer technologies and processes used in bioelectronics.

    Contents:
    Introduction to bioelectronics / Anuj Kumar, Shumaila Ibraheem, Ghulam Yasin, and Ram K. Gupta
    Materials and their classifications in bioelectronics / Lorena Duarte-Peña, Julián E. Sánchez-Velandia, Felipe López-Saucedo, and Emilio Bucio
    2D materials for bioelectronics / Piyush Sharma, Shagun Kainth, and P.K. Diwan
    Materials for organic bioelectronics / Giuseppe M. Paternò and Guglielmo Lanzani
    Nanomaterials and Lab-on-a-Chip technologies / Noorhashimah Mohamad Nor, Nurul Hidayah Ramli, Nor Dyana Zakaria, and Khairunisak Abdul Razak
    CMOS bioelectronics : current and future trends / Ching-Yi Lin, Md. Sakibur Sajal, Yann Gilpin, Fahimeh Dehghandehnavi, Anna Batueva, Kai-Chun Lin, Nicole McFarlane, and Marc Dandin
    Identification of the scientific and technological trajectory in the area of bioelectronics : a patent and networks analysis / Alejandro Barragán-Ocaña, Paz Silva-Borjas, and María de los Ángeles Olvera-Treviño
    Innovative electronic approaches for biomarker detection / Ummama Saeed, Batool Fatima, and Muhammad Najam-ul-Haq
    Bioinspired prosthetic interfaces for bioelectronics / Saadat Majeed, Muhammad Umer Farooq, Sayed Tayyab Raza Naqvi, Naeem Akhtar Khan, Batool Fatima, Dilshad Hussain, Fahad Ali, and Muhammad Najam Ul Haq
    Biocompatible and biodegradable organic transistors / Selcan Karakuş, Nazlı Albayrak, Sinem Özlem Enginler
    Microbial nanowires / Ahmed Marroki and Leila Bousmaha-Marroki
    Semiconducting nanostructured materials for bioelectronics / Jayshree Khedkar, Anil M. Palve, and Ram K. Gupta
    Wide-bandgap semiconductors for bioelectronics / Giovana A. Parolin, Alessandra S. Menandro, Rebeca R. Rodrigues, and Laura O. Péres
    Recent advancements in MOFs based nanogenerators for bioelectronics / Ajith Mohan Arjun, Kiran Kumar Garlapati, and Pathath Abdul Rasheed
    MXenes-based composites for bioelectronics / Manjushree S. G, Prashanth S. Adarakatti, Abdulraheem SA Almalki, and A. Alhadhrami
    Bioelectronics with graphene nanostructures / Sobhi Daniel, Praveena Malliyil Gopi, and Mohammed Essac Mohamed
    Nanomaterial-assisted bioelectronic devices towards biocomputer / Jinho Yoon, Joungpyo Lim, Jinmyeong Kim, Minkyu Shin, Taek Lee, and Jeong-Woo Choi
    Conductive hydrogels for bioelectronics / Meenakshi Singh, Manjeet Harijan, Ritu Singh, and Akriti Srivastava
    Conducting polymer composites for metabolite sensing / Zondi Nate, John Alake, Darko Kwabena Adu, Blessing Wisdom Ike, and Rajshekhar Karpoormath
    Self-powered devices : a new paradigm in biomedical engineering / Apurba Das and Pamu Dobbidi
    Implantable microelectronics / Mario Birkholz
    Printable and flexible biosensors / Khairunnisa Amreen and Sanket Goel
    Conducting polymer-based biocomposites in flexible bioelectronics / Ragavi Rajasekaran, Atul Kumar Ojha, Gaurav Kulkarni, Jhansi L. Parimi, Baisakhee Saha, Mamoni Banerjee, and Santanu Dhara.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2022
  • Digital
    Angela Hewlett, A. Rekha K. Murthy, editors.
    Summary: This text gathers the weaknesses revealed during recent infections outbreaks and organizes them into a guide for combating the trends in emerging infections as they relate to hospital preparedness. As the first book to exclusively explore infectious emergencies, the text begins by reviewing potential pathogens and the clinical issues that may threaten hospital safety before delving into the best operational guidelines for commanding a staff under extreme circumstances, including incident command, communication, transport, maintenance, and a myriad of other topics that can remain manageable with proper protocol. Written by experts in the field, this text is the only one that offers the most effective clinical responses to a crisis at every level of care, including special population, laboratory techniques, care of the deceased, behavioral support, and medical documentation. The text concludes by focusing on the reality of care by introducing true examples from the field and the lessons gained from these cases. Bioemergency Planning is a vital resource for infectious disease specialists, hospitalists, epidemiologists, internal medicine physicians, nurses, social workers, public health officials, and all medical professionals who need to be prepared to respond to an infection outbreak.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Suresh C. Sikka, Wayne J.G. Hellstrom.
    Summary: Bioenvironmental Issues Affecting Men's Reproductive and Sexual Health is structured into two parts related to men's reproductive and sexual health with eight sections designed to enable a logical flow of such knowledge. The book is focused on the biology of key organs involved in male reproduction and the environmental influences affecting their functions with particular emphasis on clinical aspects. Individual chapters within the book range from basic to translational aspects, but all hold clinical relevance. This is an essential reference for those working and learning in the field of human reproduction, reproductive toxicology and environmental influences on reproductive and sexual health.

    Contents:
    How environmental and air pollution disrupt spermatogenesis and male reproductive health / Jorge Hallak, Mariana M. Veras and Paulo Hilário N. Saldiva
    Environmental issues resulting in hypogonadism in Brazilian men / Carlos T. Da Ros and Túlio M. Graziottin
    Envronmental risk factors related to male reproductive health in Turkish society / Serap Gur and Suresh C. Sikka
    Effect of environmental toxins on spermatogonial stem cells / Kara E. McAbee, Samuel S. Pendergraft, Anthony Atala, Colin Bishop and Hooman Sadri-Ardekani
    Lifestyle stress and its impact on male reproductive health / Angela Pressman, Antonio Hernanadez and Suresh C. Sikka
    The impact of lifestyle factors on male reproduction / Manaf Alom, Kevin Wymer and Landon Trost
    Obesity, Hypogonadism, and male fertility / Joseph A. La Nasa and Jr.
    Lifestyle factors and medical therapy in the management of male fertility / Tolulope O. Bakare nd Jason R. Kovac
    Yoga meditation lifestyle intervention / Rima Dada and Madhuri Tolahunase
    Lifestyle, environment and male reproductive health / Ibraheem Rehman, Gulfam Ahmad and Saad Alshahrani
    Environmental issues in maintaining reproductive health / Michael Lao, Brooke A. Harnisch, and Stanton C. Honig
    Environmental contamination and testicular function / Ralf Henkel
    Reproductive health issues in Latin America / Milton Ghirelli-Filho and Sidney Glina
    Adverse effects of drugs on male reproduction / Mira Aubuchon and Erma Z. Drobnis
    Beneficial or detrimental effects of phosphodiesterase-5 (PDE-5) inhibitors on semen quality and testicular function? / Fotios Dimitriadis, Sotirios Skouros, Atsushi Takenaka and Nikolaos Sofikitis
    Environmental issues resulting in andropause and hypogonadism / Shubhadeep Roychoudhury and Rudrarup Bhattacharjee
    Androgen receptor modulators / Hoang M. Tue Nguyen, Daniel J. Heidenberg and Suresh C. Sikka
    Heavy metal toxicity affecting fertility and reproduction of males / Fouad M. Badr and Ola El-Habit
    Environmental toxicants / Shiv B. Kumar, Rima Dada and Narmada P. Gupta
    Role of environmental toxicants in sperm autophagy, mitophagy, and apoptosis / Chandra Mohan and Suresh C. Sikka
    Impact and environmental factors on the genomics and proteomics landscapes of male infertility / Ahmet Ayaz, Narasimhan Kothandaraman, Ralf Henkel and Suresh C. Sikka
    Role of sperm chromatin structure assay technology in evaluating sperm DNA damage due to environmental influences / Donald P. Evenson
    Standardized semen analysis and quality control management for multicenter male reproductive toxicology clinical trials / Suresh C. Sikka and Ahmet Ayaz
    Components of erection and evaluation as the potential target systems for environmental toxicants / Laith Alzweri and Arthur L. Burnett
    Effects of endocrine-disrupting chemicals on penile tissue development, histoarchiotecture, and erectile physiology / Abdulmaged M. Traish
    Penile fibrogenesis affecting men's reproductive and sexual health / Omer A Raheem, Fady Ghali and Mahadevan R. Rajasekaran
    The epidemiology and pathophysiology of erectile dysfunction and the role of environment / Sarah Collica, Filippo Pederzoli and Trinity Bivalacqua
    Environment, drugs and chemical exposures in the realm of human sexualtiy / Suresh C. Sikka
    Role of risk factors such as smoking, alcohol, and substance abuse on sexual health of Brazilian men / Carlos T. Da Ros and Túlio M. Graziottin
    Effects of electronic cigarettes on men's reproductive sexual health / Bashir M. Rezk, Suresh C. Sikka and Wayne J.G. Hellstrom
    The influences of diet, supplements, and environmental stressors on erectile function / Yuji Hotta and Kazunori Kimura
    Endocrine disruptors in the environment affeceting erectile function / Run Wang and Chris Kannady
    Environmental health policy regarding men's reproductive and sexual health / Amit Reddy, Malhar J. Parikh, Andrew T. Gabrielson and Suresh C. Sikka
    Drugs of abuse / Nora M. Haney, Linley Diao and Kenneth DeLay
    Posttraumatic stress disorder and its effects on men's sexual and reproductive health / Andrew T. Gabrielson, James Liu and Suresh C. Sikka
    Perfumery, essential oils, and household chemicals affecting reproductive and sexual health / Suresh C. Sikka and Alma R. Bartolome.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Isadore Kanfer, editor.
    Summary: Although the Bioequivalence (BE) requirements in many global jurisdictions have much in common, differences in certain approaches and requirements such as definitions and terms, choice of comparator (reference) product, acceptance criteria, fasted and fed studies, single and multi-dose studies, biowaivers and products not intended for absorption into the systemic circulation (locally acting medicines and dosage forms), amongst others, provide food for thought that standardisation should be a high priority objective in order to result in a harmonized international process for the market approval of products using BE. An important objective of Bioequivalence Requirements in Various Global Jurisdictions is to attempt to gather the various BE requirements used in different global jurisdictions to provide a single source of relevant information. This information from, Brazil, Canada, China, European Union, India, Japan, MENA, Russia South Africa, the USA and WHO will be of value to drug manufacturers, regulatory agencies, pharmaceutical scientists and related health organizations and governments around the world in the quest to harmonize regulatory requirements for the market approval of generic products.

    Contents:
    Brazil
    Canada
    China
    The European Union
    India
    Bioequivalence Studies in Japan
    Middle East and North Africa (MENA) Bioequivalence Requirements
    Russia
    South Africa
    The United States of America
    World Health Organization (WHO).
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Constantine Mavroudis; ‎J. Thomas Cook; ‎Constantine D. Mavroudis.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Megan-Jane Johnstone AO, PhD, BA, RN.
    Summary: "Now in its eighth edition, Bioethics: A Nursing Perspective provides practical guidance on the ethical issues you might come across in nursing practice, with real-world examples that help to bring this important subject to life. Author Dr Megan-Jane Johnstone AO, Australia's foremost nursing ethics scholar, provides a comprehensive framework for negotiating the ethical challenges, obligations and responsibilities you might face. The text is engaging and easy to follow, and has been fully updated to reflect current issues in health care such as nurse practitioner assisted dying, pandemic ethics, and the moral costs of misinformation and medical conspiracy theories. . This book is a suitable companion to the law and ethics components of both undergraduate and postgraduate nursing studies, and is relevant for all nurses who encounter ethical problems in their everyday practice." -- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2023
  • Digital
    Amy E. Caruso Brown, Travis R. Hobart, Cynthia B. Morrow, editors.
    Summary: This unique textbook utilizes an integrated, case-based approach to explore how the domains of bioethics, public health and the social sciences impact individual patients and populations. It provides a structured framework suitable for both educators (including course directors and others engaged in curricular design) and for medical and health professions students to use in classroom settings across a range of clinical areas and allied health professions and for independent study. The textbook opens with an introduction, describing the intersection of ethics and public health in clinical practice and the six key themes that inform the book's core learning objectives, followed by a guide to using the book. It then presents 22 case studies that address a broad spectrum of patient populations, clinical settings, and disease pathologies. Each pair of cases shares a core concept in bioethics or public health, from community perspectives and end-of-life care to medical mistakes and stigma and marginalization. They engage learners in rigorous clinical and ethical reasoning by prompting readers to make choices based on available information and then providing additional information to challenge assumptions, simulating clinical decision-making. In addition to providing a unique, detailed clinical scenario, each case is presented in a consistent format, which includes learning objectives, questions and responses for self-directed learning, questions and responses for group discussion, references, and suggested further reading. All cases integrate the six themes of patient- and family-centered care; evidence-based practice; structural competency; biases in decision-making; cultural humility and awareness of the culture of medicine; and justice, social responsibility and advocacy. The final section discusses some challenges to evaluating courses and learning encounters that adopt the cases and includes a model framework for learner assessment.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Approaches to Using This Book
    "How Many of These Surgeries Have You Done?"
    "Can't Stop Coughing (But I Need to Get Back to the Shelter by 6)"
    "I Think Im in Labor"
    "Why Does My Son Have Lead in His Blood?"
    "Our Baby Is Turning Blue"
    "I Have a Touch of Sugar but I Cant Afford My Meds"
    "I Dont Want My Child to Get Vaccines"
    "Our Son's Cancer Is Gone. Why Can't We Stop Treatment?"
    "He Has a Gun and Wants to Kill Himself"
    "Bleeding Too Much" (In the Words of a Refugee)
    "My Father Wouldnt Want to Live Like This"
    "Were Not Ready to Give Up"
    "Please Look Beyond My Disability"
    "It Runs in the Family"
    "I Know Something Is Wrong"
    "Im in Pain!"
    "I Don't Want to Be a Guinea Pig"
    "Wait, Im a Research Subject?"
    "I Need Blockers So I Dont Turn Into a Girl"
    "You Dont Understand--He Needs That Bottle"
    "They Say My Babys Head Is Too Small"
    "I Just Want to Help People and See the World"
    Evaluating Cases in Context
    A Practical Framework for Learner Assessment.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Akira Akabayashi.
    Summary: This open access book addresses a variety of issues relating to bioethics, in order to initiate cross-cultural dialogue. Beginning with the history, it introduces various views on bioethics, based on specific experiences from Japan. It describes how Japan has been confronted with Western bioethics and the ethical issues new to this modern age, and how it has found its foothold as it decides where it stands on these issues. In the last chapter, the author proposes discarding the overarching term 'Global Bioethics in favor of the new term, 'Bioethics Across the Globe (BAG), which carries a more universal connotation. This book serves as an excellent tool to help readers understand a different culture and to initiate deep and genuine global dialogue that incorporates local and global thinking on bioethics. Bioethics Across the Globe is a valuable resource for researchers in the field of bioethics/medical ethics interested in adopting cross-cultural approaches, as well as graduate and undergraduate students of healthcare and philosophy.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. A Brief History of Bioethics in Japan
    Chapter 2. Brain-death and organ transplantation: The first Japanese Path
    Chapter 3. Informed Consent, Familism, and the Nature of Autonomy
    Chapter 4. End-of-Life Care, Advance Directives, Withholding and Withdrawing Life-Sustaining Treatment, and The Goals of Medicine
    Chapter 5. The Moral Status of the Embryo: The Second Japanese Path
    Chapter 6. The Great East Japan Earthquake and the Fukushima Daiichi Nuclear Power Plant Accident
    Chapter 7. Outcome egalitarianism and opportunity egalitarianism
    Chapter 8. Research Regulations, Ethics Committees, and Confronting Global Standards
    Chapter 9. Modern Medical Professionalism
    Chapter 10. What does it mean to be truly "interdisciplinary"?
    Chapter 11. Rebirthing Bioethics: Going Global.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    series editors, James F. Childress ... [et al.].
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    KF3821.A6 B61 1983-
    3
  • Digital
    editors, Bhoopander Giri, Ram Prasad, Qiang-Sheng Wu and Ajit Varma.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the benefits of biofertilizers as an alternative to chemical fertilizers and pesticides. Agricultural production has increased massively over the last century due to increased use of chemical fertilizers and pesticides, but these gains have come at a price. The chemicals are not only expensive; they also reduce microbial activity in agricultural soils and accumulate in the food chain, with potentially harmful effects for humans. Accordingly, it is high time to explore alternatives and to find solutions to overcome our increasing dependence on these chemicals. Biofertilizers, which consist of plant remains, organic matter and microorganisms, might offer an alternative. They are natural, organic, biodegradable, eco-friendly and cost-effective. Further, the microbes present in the biofertilizers are important, because they produce nutrients required for plant growth (e.g., nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium), as well as substances essential for plant growth and development (e.g., auxins and cytokinins). Biofertilizers also improve the physical properties, fertility and productivity of soil, reducing the need for chemical fertilizers while maintaining high crop yield. This makes biofertilizers a powerful tool for sustainable agriculture and a sustainable environment. The book covers the latest research on biofertilizers, ranging from beneficial fungal, bacterial and algal inoculants; to microbes for bioremediation, wastewater treatment; and recycling of biodegradable municipal, agricultural and industrial waste; as well as biocontrol agents and bio-pesticides. As such, it offers a valuable resource for researchers, academics and students in the broad fields of microbiology and agriculture.

    Contents:
    1. Microbial Biofertilizers: Types and Applications
    2. Fungal Inoculants for Native Phosphorus Mobilization
    3. Potential Applications of Algae-based Biofertilizer
    4. Ectomycorrhizal Fungi: Role as Biofertilizers in Forestry
    5. Perspectives on the Role of Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Fungi in the in-vivo Vegetative Plant Propagation
    6. Silicon (Si) and Zinc (Zn) Solubilizing Microorganisms: Role in Sustainable Agriculture
    7. Status and prospects of bacterial inoculants for sustainable management of agroecosystems
    8. Plant Nutrient Management Through Inoculation of Zinc Solubilizing Bacteria for Sustainable Agriculture
    9. Endophytic Bacteria as A Modern Tool for Sustainable Crop Management Under Stress
    10. Biofertilizers in Argentina
    11. Rhizobial Inoculants for Sustainable Agriculture: Prospects and Applications
    12. Biofertilizer and their role in sustainable agriculture
    13. The use of Microorganisms for the Biodegradation of Sewage Sludge and the Production of Biocompost for Sustainable Agriculture
    14. Circadian Rhythms in Plant Microbe Interaction: For Better Performance of Bioinoculants in the Agricultural Fields
    15. The Actinobacteria and Their Role as Plant Probiotics
    16. Organic Fertilizer from Algae: A Novel Approach Towards Sustainable Agriculture
    17. Phosphate Solubilizing Fungi and Their Potential Role in Sustainable Agriculture
    18. Fungi as Biological Control Agents
    19. Biocontrol Agents: Potential of Biopesticides for Integrated Pest Management
    20. Microbial-Mediated Plant Growth Promotion: A Mechanistic Overview on Cultivable Plant Growth Promoting Members
    21. Mycorrhizas and Tolerance of Abiotic Stress in Citrus Plants
    22. Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Fungi (AMF) from Heavy Metal Contaminated Soils: Molecular Approach and Application in Phytoremediation
    23. The Role of Arbuscular Mycorrhiza in Sustainable Environment and Agriculture
    24. Microbe-Mediated Removal of Heavy Metals for Sustainable Agri cultural Practices.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Melvin A. Shiffman, Mervin Low, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Gianfranco Donelli, editor.
    Summary: The aim of this book is to provide readers with a wide overview of the main healthcare-associated infections caused by bacteria and fungi able to grow as biofilm. The recently acquired knowledge on the pivotal role played by biofilm-growing microorganisms in healthcare-related infections has given a new dynamic to detection, prevention and treatment of these infections in patients admitted to both acute care hospitals and long-term care facilities. Clinicians, hygienists and microbiologists will be updated by leading scientists on the state-of-art of biofilm-based infections and on the most innovative strategies for prevention and treatment of these infections, often caused by emerging multidrug-resistant biofilm-growing microorganisms.

    Contents:
    Biofilm Formation by Clinical Isolates and its Relevance to Clinical Infections
    Biofilm-based implant infections in orthopaedics
    Clinical and Microbiological Aspects of Biofilm-Associated Surgical Site Infections
    Peri-implant infections of oral biofilm etiology
    Microbiological diversity of peri-implantitis biofilms
    Anaerobes in biofilm-based healthcare-associated infections
    Microbial biofilm development on neonatal enteral feeding tubes
    Voice prostheses, microbial colonization and biofilm formation
    Microbial composition and antibiotic resistance of biofilms recovered from endotracheal tubes of mechanically ventilated patients
    Biofilm and Central Line Associated Bloodstream Infections.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Gianfranco Donelli, editor.
    Summary: The aim of this book is to provide readers with a wide overview of the main healthcare-associated infections caused by bacteria and fungi able to grow as biofilm. The recently acquired knowledge on the pivotal role played by biofilm-growing microorganisms in healthcare-related infections has given a new dynamic to detection, prevention and treatment of these infections in patients admitted to both acute care hospitals and long-term care facilities. Clinicians, hygienists and microbiologists will be updated by leading scientists on the state-of-art of biofilm-based infections and on the most innovative strategies for prevention and treatment of these infections, often caused by emerging multidrug-resistant biofilm-growing microorganisms.

    Contents:
    Persister cells in biofilm associated infections
    Fungal biofilms in human disease
    Biofilm-Infected Pressure Ulcers: Current Knowledge and Emerging Treatment Strategies
    Microbial biofilms and adverse reactions to gel fillers used in cosmetic surgery
    Role of biofilms in breast implant associated infections and capsular contracture
    Innovative strategies for combating biofilm-based infections
    Antimicrobial polymers for anti-biofilm medical devices: state of art and perspectives
    Antimicrobial Photodynamic Therapy for Treatment of Biofilm-based Infections
    Anti-Biofilm Agents in Control of Device-Related Infections
    Lipid- and polymer-based drug delivery carriers for eradicating microbial biofilms causing medical device-related infections.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Sunil Kumar, Niharika Chandra, Leena Singh, Muhammad Zaffar Hashmi, Ajit Varma, editors.
    Summary: This book highlights treatment strategies for bacterial biofilms in connection with a variety of human diseases. In particular, it reviews bacterial biofilm formation and its mechanism. Topics covered include biofilms in human health, the role of biofilms in mediating human diseases, and methods for testing bacterial biofilms. Further sections concentrate on biofilm-mediated diseases in different parts of the human gastrointestinal tract, while therapeutic strategies for biofilm control and natural agents that disrupt bacterial biofilms are also covered. Readers will also find the latest advances in probiotics and biofilms, as well as the use of probiotics to counteract biofilm-associated infections. Biofilms and antimicrobial resistance are discussed. Subsequent chapters address the management of inflammatory bowel disease via probiotics biofilms, as well as the role of probiotics bacteria in the treatment of human diseases associated with bacterial biofilms. The book is chiefly intended for clinicians/scientists in the fields of medical microbiology, applied microbiology, biochemistry, and biotechnology.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1
    An Introduction to Microbial Biofilm
    Chapter 2
    Biofilms: The Good and the Bad
    Chapter 3
    Biofilms in Human Health
    Chapter 4
    The Role of Biofilms in Originating, Mediating, and Proliferating Infectious Diseases
    Chapter 5
    Modern Methods in Microscopy for the Assessment of Biofilms
    Chapter 6
    Molecular Methods for the Assessment of Microbial Biofilms
    Chapter 7
    Biofilm Mediated Dental Diseases
    Chapter 8
    Biofilm Mediated Diseases of the Eye
    Chapter 9
    Biofilm mediated Diseases of the Ear, Nose, and Throat
    Chapter 10
    Biofilm mediated Diseases of Heart and Lungs
    Chapter 11
    Role of Biofilms in Medical Devices and Implants
    Chapter 12
    Biofilm Mediated Gastrointestinal Diseases
    Chapter 13
    Biofilm Mediated Urinary Tract Infections
    Chapter 14
    Biofilm Mediated Skin Infections
    Chapter 15
    Approaches Towards Microbial Biofilm Disruption by Natural Bioactive Agents
    Chapter 16
    Probiotics and Biofilm
    Chapter 17
    Probiotics to Counteract Biofilm-Associated Infections
    Chapter 18
    Biofilms and Antimicrobial Resistance
    Chapter 19
    Management of Inflammatory Bowel Disease by Probiotics Biofilm.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Iqbal Ahmad, Fohad Mabood Husain.
    Contents:
    Biofilms : an introduction and significance in plant and soil health
    Role of PGPR in biofilm formations and its importance in plant health
    Concept of mono and mixed biofilms and their role in soil and in plant association
    Bacillus biofilms and their role in plant health
    Biofilm formation by Psedumonas spp. and their significance in biocontrol
    Quorum sensing mechanisms in rhizosphere biofilms
    Biofilm formation and quorum sensing in the rhizosphere
    The significance of fungal biofilms in association with plants and soils
    Chemical nature of biofilm matrix and its significance
    Root exudates : composition and impact on plant-microbe interaction
    Biochemical and molecular mechanism in biofilm studies in plant associated bacteria
    Techniques in studying biofilms and their characterization : microscopy to advanced imaging systems in vitro and in situ
    Gene expression and enhanced antimicrobial resistance in biofilms
    In vitro assessment of biofilm formation by soil and plant associated microorganisms
    Biotic and abiotic factors affecting biofilm in vitro and in the rhizosphere
    The ecological significance of soil associated biofilms and stress management
    Developed biofilm-based microbial ameliorators for bioremediating degraded ecosystems and the environment
    Bioremediation and biofilm in soil and plant root association
    Biofilms for remediation of heavy metals and xenobiotic compounds : a technical review
    Plant pathogenic bacteria : role of quorum sensing and biofilm in disease development
    Plant pathogenic bacteria biofilm instigation and its control measures
    Application of biofilm and quorum sensing inhibitors in food protection and safety
    Biofilm inhibition by natural products of marine origin and their environmental application
    Biofilm formation by enteric pathogens on plants and its impact on human health
    Role of in silico studies in designing QS/antibiofilm agents for controlling biofouling and plant diseases.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] John Love.
    Contents:
    Biofuels: The Back Story / John A. Bryant and John Love
    Biofuels in Operation / Lionel Clarke
    Anaerobic Digestion / John Bombardiere and David A. Stafford
    Plant Cell Wall Polymers / Stephen C. Fry
    Ethanol Production from Renewable Lignocellulosic Biomass / Leah M. Brown, Gary M. Hawkins and Joy Doran-Peterson
    Fatty Acids, Triacylglycerols and Biodiesel / John A. Bryant
    Development of Miscanthus as a Bioenergy Crop / John Clifton-Brown, Jon McCalmont and Astley Hastings
    Mangrove Palm, Nypa fruticans: '3-in-1' Tree for Integrated Food/Fuel and Eco-Services / C.B. Jamieson, R.D. Lasco and E.T. Rasco
    The Use of Cyanobacteria for Biofuel Production / David J. Lea-Smith and Christopher J. Howe
    Third-Generation Biofuels from the Microalga, Botryococcus braunii / Charlotte Cook, Chappandra Dayananda, Richard K. Tennant and John Love
    Strain Selection Strategies for Improvement of Algal Biofuel Feedstocks / Leyla T. Hathwaik and John C. Cushman
    Algal Cultivation Technologies / Alessandro Marco Lizzul and Michael J. Allen
    Biofuels from Macroalgal Biomass / Jessica Adams
    Lipid-based Biofuels from Oleaginous Microbes / Lisa A. Sargeant, Rhodri W. Jenkins and Christopher J. Chuck
    Engineering Microbial Metabolism for Biofuel Production / Thomas P. Howard
    The Sustainability of Biofuels / J.M. Lynch
    Biofuels and Bioenergy
    Ethical Aspects / John A. Bryant and Steve Hughes
    Postscript / John Love and John A. Bryant
    Selected References and Suggestions for Further Reading.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Mansour Ghorbanpour, Prachi Bhargava, Ajit Varma, Devendra K. Choudhary, editors.
    Summary: Several nano-scale devices have emerged that are capable of analysing plant diseases, nutrient deficiencies and any other ailments that may affect food security in agro-ecosystems. It has been envisioned that smart delivery systems can be developed and utilised for better management of agricultural ecosystems. These systems could exhibit beneficial, multi-functional characteristics, which could be used to assess and also control habitat-imposed stresses to crops. Nanoparticle-mediated smart delivery systems can control the delivery of nutrients or bioactive and/or pesticide molecules in plants. It has been suggested that nano-particles in plants might help determine their nutrient status and could also be used as cures in agro-ecosystems. Further, to enhance soil and crop productivity, nanotechnology has been used to create and deliver nano fertilizers, which can be defined as nano-particles that directly help supply nutrients for plant growth and soil productivity. Nano-particles can be absorbed onto clay networks, leading to improved soil health and more efficient nutrient use by crops. Additionally, fertilizer particles can be coated with nano-particles that facilitate slow and steady release of nutrients, reducing loss of nutrients and enhancing their efficiency in agri-crops. Although the use of nanotechnology in agro-ecosystems is still in its early stages and needs to be developed further, nano-particle-mediated delivery systems are promising solutions for the successful management of agri-ecosystems. In this context, the book offers insights into nanotechnology in agro-ecosystems with reference to biogenic nanoparticles. A useful resource for postgraduate and research students in the field of plant and agricultural sciences, it is also of interest to researchers working in nano and biotechnology.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Editors and Contributors
    About the Editors
    Contributors
    1: Application of Nanotechnology in Agricultural Farm Animals
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Improvement in Animal Health
    1.2.1 Veterinary Diagnostics
    1.2.2 Veterinary Therapeutics and Vaccine Delivery
    1.3 Improvement in Animal Production
    1.3.1 Nanofeed
    1.3.2 Nano-Reproduction
    1.4 Conclusion
    References
    2: Nanoparticles in Plant Growth and Development
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Molecular Mechanism of Nanoparticles in Plant Growth and Protection 2.2.1 Mode of Entry and Uptake
    2.2.2 Nanoparticle-Plant Interactions
    2.2.3 Translocation
    2.3 Effect of Nanoparticles
    2.3.1 Effect on Photosynthesis
    2.3.2 Effect on Seed Germination
    2.3.3 Root and Shoot Growth
    2.3.4 Effect on Nutrient Delivery
    2.3.5 Effect on Rhizospheric Environment
    2.3.6 Toxicity
    2.3.6.1 Pathogen Suppression
    2.3.6.2 Regulated Delivery of Pesticides
    2.3.6.3 Physiological and Biochemical Changes in Plants
    2.3.7 Accumulation of Nanoparticles
    2.3.7.1 In Plants
    2.3.7.2 In Soil and Water Bodies
    References 3.14 Classification of Nanosensors
    3.15 Advantages of Nanosensors
    3.16 Nanotechnology for Post-harvest Improvement
    3.17 Microbial Nanoformulations in Quality Enhancement
    3.18 Nanopackaging Technology
    References
    4: Agriculture and Nanoparticles
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Effects of Nanoparticles on Plant Development
    4.3 Conclusion
    References
    5: Large-Scale Production/Biosynthesis of Biogenic Nanoparticles
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Detoxification Principles
    5.3 Biosynthesis of Biogenic Nanoparticles 3: Use of Nanotechnology in Quality Improvement of Economically Important Agricultural Crops
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Nanoparticles in Agriculture and Their Fabrication
    3.3 Polymers Used as Nanocarriers
    3.4 Nanoparticles for Seed Germination and Plant Growth
    3.5 Nanofertilizers
    3.6 Classification of Nanofertilizers
    3.7 Benefits of Nanofertilizers
    3.8 Advantages of Nanofertilizers
    3.9 Nanoherbicides
    3.10 Advantages of Nanoherbicides
    3.11 Nanopesticides
    3.12 Advantages of Nanopesticides
    3.13 Nanosensors and Their Applications 5.4 Industrial-Scale Production/Biosynthesis of Biogenic Nanoparticles
    5.5 Process Scale-Up Principles
    References
    6: Role of Nanotechnology in the Management of Agricultural Pests
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Methods for the Management of Insects/Pests
    6.3 Nanoparticles as a New Tool for Pest Management
    6.4 Role of Naturally Occurring Nanoparticles in Insects
    6.5 Nanoparticles Used in Biopesticides Controlled Release Formulations
    6.6 Classes of Nanoparticles
    6.7 Nanopesticides
    6.8 Methods to Develop Nanoparticles for Pest Control
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Tiago S. Vasconcelos, Fernando R. da Silva, Tiago G. dos Santos, Vitor H.M. Prado, Diogo B. Provete.
    Summary: This book analyzes different facets of anuran amphibian distribution in South America. We integrate alternative biological metrics employing cutting-edge methods to understand the dynamic processes underlying species distribution patterns. By using the modern biogeographic toolbox, we explore how richness gradients, phylogenetic diversity, functional diversity, and range size/endemism distribution of amphibians vary along the continent. Moreover, we present a robust proposal for priority areas for conservation of anurans in South America that maximizes representativeness of distinct biodiversity facets.

    Contents:
    An Introduction to the Biogeography of South American Anurans
    South American Anurans: Species Diversity and Description Trends Through Time and Space
    Patterns of Species Richness, Range Size, and their Environmental Correlates of South American Anurans
    Spatial Distribution of Phylogenetic Diversity of South American Anurans
    Geographical Patterns of Functional Diversity of South American Anurans
    Biogeographic Regionalization of South American Anurans
    Spatial Conservation Prioritization for the Anuran Fauna of South America.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Errol C Friedberg, University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center at Dallas, USA ; foreword by Sydney Brenner.
    Contents:
    Growing up in Brooklyn
    The essential Paul Berg
    College and World War II
    Western Reserve University
    Copenhagen
    Washington University, St. Louis
    Discovering transfer RNA
    Stanford University and its refurbished Department of Biochemistry
    Transcription and translation : new directions
    Making recombinant DNA : the first faltering steps
    Making recombinant DNA : a major breakthrough
    EcoRI restriction endonuclease : a major breakthrough
    "Coincidence is the word we use when we can't see the levers and pulleys"
    Yet another Stanford contribution
    An historic meeting in Hawaii
    The recombinant DNA controversy
    A momentous Gordon Research Conference
    Making recombinant molecules with frog DNA
    The controversy heats up
    Asilomar II
    The dissenters : a different point of view
    The aftermath
    Legislative and revisionist challenges to recombinant DNA
    Asilomar II : lessons learned
    The Nobel Prize in chemistry
    Commercializing the technology
    Life goes on
    The "retirement" years
    Public policy issues : and other interests
    Personal challenges.
    Digital Access World Scientific 2014
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    QH447 .F75 2014
    1
  • Print
    Jim Penman.
    Summary: "Biohistory is a revolutionary new theory that explores the biological and behavioural underpinnings of social change, including the rise and fall of civilisations. Informed by significant research into the physiological basis of behaviour conducted by author Dr Jim Penman and a team of scientists at RMIT University and the Florey Institute in Melbourne, Australia, Biohistory examines how a complex interplay between culture and biology has shaped civilisations from the Roman Empire to the modern West. Penman proposes that historical changes are driven by changes in the prevailing temperament of populations, based on physiological mechanisms that adapt animal behaviour to changing food conditions. It details the history of human society by mapping the effects of these epigenetic changes on cultures, and on historical tipping points including wars and revolutions. It shows how laboratory studies can be used to explain broad social and economic changes, including the fortunes of entire civilizations. The author's shocking conclusion is that the West is in terminal and inevitable decline, and that its only hope may lie with the biological sciences. Drawing on the disciplines of history, biology, anthropology and economics, Biohistory is the first theory of society that can be tested with some rigour in the laboratory. It explains how environment, cultural values and childrearing patterns determine whether societies prosper or collapse, and how social change can be both predicted--and potentially modified--through biochemistry."--Back cover.

    Contents:
    Of science and temperament
    Food restriction
    The civilization factor
    Aggression
    Infancy and childhood
    The rise of the West
    The civilization cycle
    Lemming cycles
    War
    Recession and tyranny
    Why regimes fall and civilizations collapse
    Rome
    The stability factor
    China and India
    The triumph of the fundamentalists
    The decline of the West
    The future.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    HM628 .P46 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Kota Miura, Nataša Sladoje, editors.
    Summary: This open access textbook provides students and researchers in the life sciences with essential practical information on how to quantitatively analyze data images. It refrains from focusing on theory, and instead uses practical examples and step-by step protocols to familiarize readers with the most commonly used image processing and analysis platforms such as ImageJ, MatLab and Python. Besides gaining knowhow on algorithm usage, readers will learn how to create an analysis pipeline by scripting language; these skills are important in order to document reproducible image analysis workflows. The textbook is chiefly intended for advanced undergraduates in the life sciences and biomedicine without a theoretical background in data analysis, as well as for postdocs, staff scientists and faculty members who need to perform regular quantitative analyses of microscopy images.

    Contents:
    Workflows and Components of Bioimage Analysis
    Measurements of Intensity Dynamics at the Periphery of the Nucleus
    3D Quantitative Colocalisation Analysis
    The NEMO Dots Assembly: Single-Particle Tracking and Analysis
    Introduction to MATLAB: Image Analysis & Brownian Motion
    Resolving the process of Clathrin Mediated Endocytosis Using Correlative Light & Electron Microscopy (CLEM).
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Asheesh Shanker, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the concepts and approaches used for sequence, structure, and phylogenetic analysis. Starting with an introduction to the subject and intellectual property protection for bioinformatics, it guides readers through the latest sequencing technologies, sequence analysis, genomic variations, metagenomics, epigenomics, molecular evolution and phylogenetics, structural bioinformatics, protein folding, structure analysis and validation, drug discovery, reverse vaccinology, machine learning, application of R programming in biological data analysis, and the use of Linux in handling large data files.

    Contents:
    Intellectual Property Rights and Bioinformatics: An Introduction
    Next-Generation Sequencing: Technology, Advancements, and Applications
    Sequence Alignment
    Understanding Genomic Variations in the Context of Health and Disease: Annotation, Interpretation, and Challenges
    Metagenomics: Focusing on the Haystack
    Computational Epigenomics and its Application in Regulatory Genomics
    Data Mining to Detect Common, Unique, and Polymorphic Simple Sequence Repeats
    R-Programming for Genome-Wide Data Analysis
    Computational Approaches to Studying Molecular Phylogenetics
    Structural Bioinformatics: Life Through the 3D Glasses
    A Survey of the Structural Parameters Used for Computational Prediction of Protein Folding Process
    Quality Assessment of Protein Tertiary Structures: Past, Present, and Future
    Predicting Protein Function Using Homology-Based Methods
    Drug Discovery: An In Silico Approach
    Advanced In Silico Tools for Designing of Antigenic Epitope as Potential Vaccine Candidates Against Coronavirus
    Machine Learning: What, Why, and How?
    Command-Line Tools in Linux for Handling Large Data Files.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Xuhua Xia.
    Summary: This second edition integrates the more technical and mathematical aspects of bioinformatics with concrete examples of their application to current research problems in molecular and cellular biology. This broad, unified approach is made possible, in large part, by the very wide scope of Dr. Xia's own research experience. The integration of genomics, proteomics and transcriptomics into a single volume makes this book required reading for anyone entering the new and emerging field of Systems Biology.

    Contents:
    Blast and Fasta
    Sequence alignment
    Contig assembly
    DNA replication and viral evolution
    Gene and motif prediction
    Hidden Markov Models
    Gibbs Sampler
    Bioinformatics and vertebrate mitochondria
    Characterizing translation efficiency
    Protein isoelectric point
    Bioinformatics and Two-Dimensional Protein Separation
    Self-Organizing Map and other clustering Algorithms
    Molecular Phylogenetics
    Fundamentals of Proteomics.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Kevin Byron, New Jersey Institute of Technology, Newark, USA, Katherine G. Herbert, Montclair State University, New Jersey, USA, Jason T.L. Wang, New Jersey Institute of Technolog, Newark, USA.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Overview of bioinformatics databases
    Chapter 2. Biological data cleaning
    Chapter 3. Biological data integration
    Chapter 4. Biological data searching
    Chapter 5. Biological data mining
    Chapter 6. Biological network inference
    Chapter 7. Cloud-based biological data processing.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    Atul Kumar Upadhyay, R Sowdhamini, Virupaksh U. Patil, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This book illustrates the importance and significance of bioinformatics in the field of agriculture. It first introduces the basic concepts of bioinformatics, such as homologous sequence and gene function analyses, determination of protein structures, and discusses machine learning applications for an in-depth understanding of the desired genes and proteins based on commonly used bioinformatics software and tools, e.g. BLAST, molecular modelling, molecular-docking and simulations, protein-protein and domain-domain interactions. The book also describes recent advances in the high-throughput analysis of whole genome and transcriptome using next-generation sequencing platforms, and functional proteome studies. It also examines the role of computational biology in understanding and improving the nutrient quality and yield of crops. Lastly, the book explores a comprehensive list of applications of bioinformatics to improve plant yield, biomass, and health, and the challenges involved.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1_Introduction to concepts of Agri-informatics
    Chapter 2_Bioinformatics tools for genomics assisted breeding and population genetics
    Chapter 3_Role of computational biology in sustainable development of Agriculture
    Chapter 4_High Throughput Sequencing Technologies and Application In Crop Improvement
    Chapter 5_Systems biology approach for Simulation of omics data
    Chapter 6_Big data and its analyatics in Agriculture
    Chapter 7_Role of omics approaches in improving crop's nutritional value
    Chapter 8_Computational study of diseases and insect resistance to upgrade the production of plants.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Rishabha Malviya, Pramod Kumar Sharma, Sonali Sundram, Rajesh Kumar Dhanaraj, Balamurugan Balusamy.
    Summary: "Nowadays, Raw biological data can be easily stored as databases in the computers but extracting the required information from the quantum of data is the actual challenge for researchers. For this reason, bioinformatics tools perform a vital role in extracting and analyzing information from the databases. Bioinformatic Tools and Big Data Analytics for Patient Care: Future of Healthcare describe the applications of bioinformatics, data management and computational techniques in clinical studies and drug discovery for patient care. This book gives details about the recent developments in the fields of artificial intelligence, cloud computing and data analytics for improved patient care. This book highlights the advancement in computational techniques which are used to perform intelligent medical tasks"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Role of bioinformatics tools and technologies in clinical trial
    Bioinformatics Tools and Software in Clinical Research
    Computational Biology for Clinical Research
    Issues and challenges related to CBTs for clinical research
    Artificial Intelligence : An Emerging Technique in Pharma & Health care system
    AI in Healthcare and its application in Brain Stroke Diagnosis
    Computational Cloud Infrastructure for Patient Care
    Advancement in Gene Delivery : The Role of Bioinformatics
    Drug Development using Cloud Application
    Cloud Application in Drug Development
    Framework for handling medical data in research.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2022
  • Digital
    Pandjassarame Kangueane.
    Summary: Bioinformation Discovery illustrates the power of biological data in knowledge discovery. It describes biological data types and representations with examples for creating a workflow in bioinformation discovery. Concepts are illustrated using line diagrams.

    Contents:
    Intro; Dedication; Preface; Acknowledgments; Abbreviations; Contents; List of Figures; List of Tables; About the Author;
    Chapter 1: Bioinformatics for Bioinformation; 1.1 Bioinformatics; 1.2 Bioinformatics-Related Terms; 1.3 Some Journals Supporting Bioinformatics; 1.4 Bioinformatics in Drug Discovery; 1.5 Skills for Bioinformatics; 1.5.1 UNIX Commands for Bioinformation Discovery; 1.5.2 Mathematics of Bioinformatics; 1.6 Bioinformatics Warehousing in Drug Discovery; 1.7 Bioinformatics Components; 1.8 Bioinformation; 1.9 Bioinformatics Variables; 1.10 Cell Constituents; 1.10.1 Nucleic Acids. 1.10.2 Proteins1.10.3 Classification of Amino Acids; 1.11 Codon and Codon Usage Table; 1.12 Bioinformation Discovery; 1.13 Bioinformatics Principle; 1.14 Bioinformatics Challenges; 1.15 Biological Data; 1.16 Data Explosion; 1.17 Sequence Data; 1.18 Structure Data; 1.19 Small Molecules; 1.20 Macromolecules; 1.21 SCOP Dataset; 1.22 CATH Dataset; 1.23 Functional Data; 1.24 Pathway Data; 1.25 Bioinformatics Developments; 1.26 Discovery Environment; 1.27 Sequence, Structure Alignment, and Evolutionary Inferences; 1.27.1 Sequence Alignment; 1.28 Molecular Modeling; 1.28.1 Protein Modeling. 1.28.2 Methods of Protein Modeling1.28.3 Popular Force Fields for Molecular Mechanics; 1.28.4 Prediction of Protein Structure; 1.28.5 Caveats on Homology Modeling; 1.29 Molecular Docking; 1.30 Phylogenetic Analysis; 1.31 Exercises;
    Chapter 2: Creating Datasets for Bioinformation; 2.1 Datasets; 2.2 HLA Binding Peptide Dataset; 2.3 MHC-Peptide Structural Dataset; 2.4 Grouping of MHC-Peptide Structures; 2.5 PDB Chain Identifier; 2.6 Information Redundancy in Dataset; 2.7 Information from MHC-Peptide Data; 2.8 Structural Parameters for MHC-Peptide Dataset Analysis. 2.9 Creation of Heterodimer and Homodimer Dataset2.10 Homodimer Folding Dataset; 2.11 Intronless Genes Dataset; 2.12 Human Single Exon Gene (SEG) Dataset; 2.13 Intron Containing Genes Dataset; 2.14 Fusion Protein Dataset; 2.15 Cholera Toxin Dataset; 2.16 HIV-1 GP160 (GP120/GP40) Structures; 2.17 Biological Data to Knowledge; 2.18 Exercises; References;
    Chapter 3: Tools and Techniques; 3.1 ALIGN; 3.2 BIMAS; 3.3 BLAST; 3.4 CLUSTALW; 3.5 DeCypher; 3.6 DEEP VIEW; 3.7 FASTA; 3.8 INSIGHT II; 3.9 GENSCAN; 3.10 GROMOS; 3.11 HBPLUS; 3.12 LALIGN/PLALIGN; 3.13 LIGPLOT; 3.14 LOOK; 3.15 MODELLER. 3.16 NACCESS3.17 PHYLIP; 3.18 PROTPARAM; 3.19 PROTORP; 3.20 PSAP; 3.21 InterPro; 3.22 PYMOL; 3.23 RASMOL; 3.24 ROSETTA Design; 3.25 SURFNET; 3.26 SYBYL; 3.27 T-EPITOPE DESIGNER; 3.28 Exercises; References;
    Chapter 4: Protein-Protein Interaction; 4.1 Protein Subunit Interaction; 4.2 Protein Dimer Datasets in Literature; 4.3 Parameters in Subunit Interaction; 4.3.1 Hydrophobic Effect; 4.3.2 Interface Size; 4.3.3 Interface Residues; 4.3.4 Interface H-Bonds; 4.3.5 Interface Electrostatics; 4.3.6 Interface Sidechain-Sidechain Interaction; 4.3.7 Interface Hot Spots; 4.4 Conclusion; 4.5 Exercise.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Heung Jae Chun, Rui L. Reis, Antonella Motta, Gilson Khang, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Paul S. Yamauchi, editor.
    Contents:
     History of Therapies in Dermatology.  Past to Present
     Validated scoring systems
     Interpreting Clinical Trial Data
    Compliance and Persistency
     Quality of Life in the Dermatology Practice
    Medical Legal Issues with Biologic Agents in the Treatment of Psoriasis
    Patient and Physician Perspectives on Traditional  Systemic and Biologic Therapies for Psoriasis
    Outcomes of Comorbidities with Biologic and Systemic Agents  
    Pharmacovigilance
    Pharmacoeconomics of Biologic Therapy in Dermatology
    Immunogenicity of Biologic Agents in Psoriasis  
    Manufacturing of Biologics
     Tumor Necrosis Factor Inhibition
    Dual Inhibition of IL-12/IL- 23 and Selective Inhibition of IL-23 in Psoriasis.- Interleukin-17 Inhibition for the Treatment  of Inflammatory Skin Disease
    Systemic Therapies in Psoriasis
    Nail, Scalp, and Palmoplantar Psoriasis
     Current and Emerging Treatments for Psoriatic Arthritis
    JAK Kinase Inhibitors in Dermatology
       Fumaric Acid Esters in Dermatology
    Phosphodiesterase Inhibitors for the Treatment of Inflammatory Skin Conditions
    Oral Retinoids in Dermatology
     Combination Therapy with Biologics and Other Systemic Treatments in Psoriasis
    Transitioning Biologic and Systemic Therapies in Psoriatic Patients
    Practical Considerations and Complex Cases in Psoriasis
    Biosimilars in Dermatology
    Biological Agents in Pediatric Dermatology
    Oral systemic Agents in Pediatric Dermatology
    Utilization of Biologic and Systemic Agents in the Elderly
     Miscellaneous Uses of Biologic and Systemic Agents in Other Dermatologic Conditions
    Biologics for the Treatment of Atopic Dermatitis
    Oral Agents for Atopic Dermatitis: Current and in Development
     Cutaneous T-cell lymphoma
     Anti-CD20 Agents and Potential Novel Biologics in Pemphigus Vulgaris and Other Autoimmune Blistering Diseases
    Oral Systemic Agents for Immunobullous Disorders
    Biologic and Systemic Agents in Hidradenitis Suppurativa
    Systemic and Biologic Agents for Lupus Erythematosus
    Anti-IgE Therapy in Dermatology
    Role of Intravenous Immunoglobulin in Dermatologic Disorders
     Systemic Antifungals
    Systemic Antivirals in Dermatology  
    Antihelmintics in Dermatology
     Systemic Therapies for Scarring and Non-scarring alopecia
     Dapsone in Dermatology
    Systemic Non-Antibiotic Therapy in acne and rosacea
    Oral Antibiotics in Dermatology: A Practical Overview with Clinically Relevant Correlations and Management Suggestions
    Sonic Hedgehog Pathway Inhibition in the Treatment of Advanced Basal Cell Carcinoma
    Update in Immunotherapies for Melanoma
     Patient advocacy organizations.       .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Nicholas Brownstone, Tina Bhutani, Wilson Liao, editors.
    Summary: Biologic therapy is a treatment that strives to modulate a patient's immune system to fight a given disease. In psoriasis, a skin disorder that is partly caused by a dysregulated immune system resulting in well-demarcated red areas of the skin with white scales, biologic therapy has the potential to vastly improve upon patient outcomes by minimizing the symptoms of this disease while maximizing the safety profile of the therapy. This book offers an up-to-date and comprehensive review on biologic therapy for the treatment of psoriasis. With over 10 FDA approved biologic agents for psoriasis (with more in the pipeline), confusion exists among providers regarding which agent is best for a particular patient. Chapters cover all FDA approved psoriasis biologic agents (including pipeline agents) for use in pediatric, adult, and geriatric patients. This book is unique in that it will not only cover cutting edge treatment principles based on the latest research, it will also be one of the most comprehensive reviews of psoriasis biologics in the COVID-19 era. Biologic Therapy for Psoriasis is a must-have resource for board certified dermatologists and rheumatologists, dermatology and rheumatology residents and fellows, dermatology physician assistants, nurse practitioners and medical students. The ultimate goal of this book is to improve patient care by making the busy practicing dermatology provider more adept with these particular therapies.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Biologic Therapy for Psoriasis
    Laboratory Monitoring: TB, Hepatitis and HIV
    TNF-Alpha Class of Biologic Agents in Psoriatic Disease
    IL-17 class of Biologic Agents in Psoriatic Disease
    IL-23 Inhibition for the Treatment of Psoriatic Disease: Pathway Discovery and Overview
    Combination Therapy with Biologic Agents
    Biologic Agents for the Treatment of Pediatric Psoriasis
    Special Site Psoriasis
    Comparing Biologic Agents in Treatment of Psoriasis
    Long Term Registry Data for Psoriasis Biologics
    Psoriasis Biologic Agents in Special Populations
    Psoriasis Biologics and the COVID-19 Pandemic: Lessons Learned
    Adherence to Biologic Therapy for Psoriasis.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ghulam Md Ashraf, Athanasios Alexiou, editors.
    Summary: This book discusses the latest research into the highly prevalent neurodevelopmental disease most commonly associated with aging: Alzheimers disease (AD). Even after years of research, Alzheimers disease is still far from being cured. It presents a range of common symptoms in the form of behavioral and cognitive impairments. This book describes the symptoms and the biology behind them. The contents covers latest findings on the genetics involved and various factors and pathways influencing disease development. It also covers various non-pharmacological therapies like immunotherapy, use of natural products, and employing nanotechnology in both the detection and treatment of AD. This book also highlights the role of diet and nutrition in healthy aging. Given its scope, it offers a valuable asset for researchers and clinicians alike.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Cognitive Impairment and Rehabilitation in Alzheimers Disease
    Chapter 2. Alzheimers
    a progressive brain disease: causes, symptoms and prevention
    Chapter 3. Diet and nutrition in Alzheimers disease and healthy aging
    Chapter 4. Carbon nanostructures based materials: A novel tools for detection of Alzheimer's disease
    Chapter 5. Oxidative Stress in Alzheimer's Disease: Molecular Hallmarks of Alzheimer's Dementia
    Chapter 6. Strengthen Alzheimers Awareness through Biomusic
    Chapter 7. Diagnosis of Alzheimers Disease Using Brain Imaging: State-of-the-art
    Chapter 8. A Review of the Relationship Between Gut Microbiota and Memory
    Chapter 9. Stem cell therapy: A great leap forward in Alzheimers treatment
    Chapter 10. Diet and Nutrition in Alzheimers disease & Healthy Aging
    Chapter 11. Genetics, Neuronal Pathways, and Electrophysiology of Alzheimers disease
    Chapter 12. Biotechnology and Bioinformatics Applications in Alzheimers disease
    Chapter 13. Neurobiological Mechanisms Involved in the Pathogenesis of Alzheimers Disease
    Chapter 14. Immunotherapy in Alzheimers disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sarah Perrett, Alexander K. Buell, Tuomas P.J. Knowles, editors.
    Summary: This book summarizes naturally occurring and designed bio-inspired molecular building blocks assembled into nanoscale structures. It covers a fascinating array of biomimetic and bioinspired materials, including inorganic nanozymes, structures formed by DNA origami, a wide range of peptide and protein-based nanomaterials, as well as their applications in diagnostics and therapeutics. The book elucidates the mechanism of assembly of these materials and characterisation of their mechanical and physico-chemical properties which inspires readers not only to exploit the potential applications of nanomaterials, but also to understand their potential risks and benefits. It will be of interest to a broad audience of students and researchers spanning the disciplines of biology, chemistry, engineering, materials science, and physics.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Nanozymes: Biomedical Applications of Enzymatic Fe3O4 Nanoparticles From In Vitro to In Vivo
    Chapter 2. DNA Nanotechnology for Building Sensors, Nanopores and Ion-Channels
    Chapter 3. Bio Mimicking of Extracellular Matrix
    Chapter 4. Self-Assembly of Ferritin: Structure, Biological Function and Potential Applications in Nanotechnology
    Chapter 5. Dynamics and Control of Peptide Self-Assembly and Aggregation
    Chapter 6. Peptide Self-Assembly and its Modulation: Imaging on the Nanoscale
    Chapter 7. The Kinetics, Thermodynamics and Mechanisms of Short Aromatic Peptide Self-Assembly
    Chapter 8. Bacterial Amyloids: Biogenesis and Biomaterials
    Chapter 9. Fungal Hydrophobins and Their Self-Assembly into Functional Nanomaterials
    Chapter 10. Nanostructured, Self-Assembled Spider Silk Materials for Biomedical Applications
    Chapter 11. Protein Microgels from Amyloid Fibril Networks
    Chapter 12. Protein Nanofibrils as Storage Forms of Peptide Drugs and Hormones
    Chapter 13. Bioinspired Engineering of Organ-on-Chip Devices.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Roger Härtl, Lawrence J. Bonassar.
    Summary: Although there have been significant advancements in minimally invasive spinal surgery techniques in the last few decades, optimal outcomes for chronic low back pain remain elusive. A number of promising clinical trials have been conducted using tissue engineering and biological interventions for disc degeneration. Written by renowned innovators, this is the first book that covers implementation of these groundbreaking approaches for disc disease. The text begins with key fundamentals including anatomy and physiology, pathophysiology, imaging and biomechanics to delineate healthy versus diseas.

    Contents:
    The human spinal disc : relevant anatomy and physiology / Julien Tremblay-Gravel, Fahad H. Abduljabbar, Jean Ouellet, and Lisbet Haglund
    Pathophysiology of disc disease : disc degeneration / Niloofar Farhang, Joshua Stover, Brandon Lawrence, and Robby D. Bowles
    Imaging of the healthy and diseased spinal disc / Darryl B. Sneag and Hollis G. Potter
    Biomechanics of the healthy and diseased spine / Hans-Joachim Wilke and Fabio Galbusera
    Differences between human and animal discs : pros and cons of current animal models for pre-clinical development of biologic therapies for low back pain / Jeffrey C. Lotz
    Grading scales for disc degeneration and regeneration : clinical and experimental / Peter Grunert
    Disc regeneration : in vitro approaches and experimental results / John T. Martin, Harvey E. Smith, Lachlan J. Smith, and Robert L. Mauck
    Intervertebral disc whole organ cultures / Marianna Peroglio, Zhen Li, Lorin Michael Benneker, Mauro Alini, and Sibylle Grad
    Biological treatment approaches : basic ideas and principles / Victor Y. Leung and Kenneth M. Cheung
    Learning from successes of tissue engineered strategies in non-spine cartilaginous disorders / Stephen Sloan and Lawrence J. Bonassar
    Treatment and of degenerative disc disease and disc regeneration : proteins and genes / Daisuke Sakai and Jordy Schol
    Treatment of degenerated disc disease/disc regeneration : growth factors and platelet-rich plasma / Koichi Masuda and Kenji Kato
    Treatment of degenerated disc disease/disc regeneration : stem cells, chondrocytes or other cells, and tissue engineering / Steven Presciutti and Howard An
    Nucleus replacement and repair : autologous disc chondrocyte transplantation / Christian Hohaus, Timothy Ganey, and Hans Jörg Meisel
    Annulus fibrosus repair / Olivia M. Torre, Michelle A. Cruz, Andrew C. Hecht, and James C. Iatridis
    Summary of clinical trials with biological treatment approaches for spinal disease / Gernot Lang, Ibrahim Hussain, Micaella Zubkov, Yu Moriguchi, Brenton Pennicooke, and Roger Härtl
    Total disc transplantation : current results and future development / Jason Pui Yin Cheung, Dike Ruan, and Keith D.K. Luk
    What have we learned from mechanical total disc replacement? / Timothy T. Roberts, Colin M. Haines, and Edward C. Benzel
    Regulatory overview : obtaining regulatory approval of a biologic/cell product / Michaela H. Purcell, Penny J. White, H. Davis Adkisson
    What makes biological treatment strategies and tissue engineering for ddd interesting to industry? / Hassan Serhan, Elliott A. Gruskin, and William C. Horton
    What will the future bring? : perspectives from around the world / Tony Goldschlager, Claudius Thome, Howard An, and Luiz Vialle.
  • Digital
    volume editors, W.P. Kaschka, D. Rujescu.
    Contents:
    Global suicide / Varnik, P.; Wasserman, D
    Suicidal ideation, suicide attempts and completed suicide in adolescents : neurobiological aspects / Sarchiapone, M.; D'Aulerio, M.; Iosue, M
    Serotonergic and noradrenergic neurotransmitter systems in suicide / Dwivedi, Y
    GABA, depression and suicide / Pabba, M.; Sibille, E
    Genetics of suicidal behavior / Giegling, I.; Rujescu, D
    Gene-environment interaction studies in suicidal behaviour / Mandelli, L.; Serretti, A
    Epigenetics of suicidal behaviour / Turecki, G
    Neurocognitive processes and decision making in suicidal behaviour / Richard-Devantoy, S.; Courtet, P
    Electroencephalographic risk markers of suicidal behaviour / Hodgkinson, S.; Steyer, J.; Kaschka, W.P.; Jandl, M
    Neuroimaging of suicidal behavior / Jollant, F
    Inflammation and suicidal behavior / Postolache, T.T.; Manalai, P.; Brenner, L.A.; Brundin, L
    The contributions of lithium and clozapine for the prophylaxis and treatment of suicidal behavior / Müller-Oerlinghausen, B.; Lewitzka, U
    Challenges for future research and closing remarks / Rujescu, D.; Kaschka, I.N.; Kaschka, W.P.
    Digital Access Karger 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Vasilis Vasiliou, Samir Zakhari, Helmut K. Seitz, Jan B. Hoek, editors.
    Summary: In recent years, a significant amount of research has emerged connecting the link between alcohol and cancer. The field has rapidly advanced, especially since the complex connection between alcohol and cancer has several unique sub areas that are being investigated and this volume gives a comprehensive overview of these advancements.

    Contents:
    Introduction / Gary J. Murray
    Alcohol and breast cancer: reconciling epidemiological and molecular data / Samir Zakhari and Jan B. Hoek
    Genetic-epidemiological evidence for the role of acetaldehyde in cancers related to alcohol drinking / C.J. Peter Eriksson
    Alcohol and cancer: an overview with special emphasis on the role of acetaldehyde and cytochrome P450 2E1 / Helmut K. Seitz and Sebastian Mueller
    Implications of acetaldehyde-derived DNA adducts for understanding alcohol related carcinogenesis / Silvia Balbo and Philip J. Brooks
    The role of iron in alcohol-mediated hepatocarcinogenesis / Sebastian Mueller and Vanessa Rausch
    Alcoholic cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma / Felix Stickel
    TLR4-dependent tumor-initiating stem cell-like cells (TICS) in alcohol-associated hepatocellular carcinogenesis / Keigo Machida, Douglas E. Feldman, and Hidekazu Tsukamoto
    Synergistic toxic interactions between CYP2E1, LPS/TNF[alpha] and JNK/p38 MAP kinase and their implications in alcohol-induced liver injury / Arthur I. Cederbaum, Yongke Lu, Xiaodong Wang, and Defeng Wu
    Understanding the tumor suppressor PTEN in chronic alcoholism and hepatocellular carcinoma / Colin T. Shearn and Dennis R. Petersen
    Alcohol consumption, WNT/[beta]-Catenin signaling and hepatocarcinogensis / K.E. Mercer, L. Hennings, and M.J.J. Ronis
    Alcohol and HCV: implications for liver cancer / Gyongyi Szabo, Banishree Saha, and Terence N. Bukong
    Application of mass spectrometry-based metabolomics in identification of early noninvasive biomarkers of alcohol-induced liver disease using mouse model / Soumen K. Manna, Matthew D. Thompson, and Frank J. Gonzalez
    Alcohol metabolism by oral streptococci and interaction with human papillomavirus leads to malignant transformation of oral keratinocytes / Lin Tao, Sylvia I. Pavlova, Stephen R. Gasparovich, Ling Jin, and Joel Schwartz
    Genetic polymorphisms of alcohol dehydrogense-1B and aldehyde dehydrogenase-2, alcohol flushing, mean corpuscular volume, and aerodigestive tract neoplasia in Japanese drinkers / Akira Yokoyama, Takeshi Mizukami, and Tetsuji Yokoyama
    Acetaldehyde and retinaldehyde-metabolizing enzymes in colon and pancreatic cancers / S. Singh, J. Arcaroli, D.C. Thompson, W. Messersmith, and V. Vasilou
    Alcohol, carcinoembryonic antigen processing and colorectal liver metastases / Benita McVicker, Dean J. Tuma, Kathryn E. Lazure, Peter Thomas, and Carol A. Casey
    Alcohol consumption and antitumor immunity: dynamic changes from activation to accelerated deterioration of the immune system / Hui Zhang, Zhaohui Zhu, Faya Zhang, and Gary G. Meadows
    A perspective on chemoprevention by resveratrol in head and neck squamous cell carcinoma / Sangeeta Shrotriya, Rajesh Agarwal, and Robert A. Sclafani
    The effects of alcohol and aldehyde dehydrogenases on disorders of hematopoiesis / Clay Smith, Maura Gasparetto, Craig Jordan, Daniel A. Pollyea, and Vasilis Vasiliou
    The effect of alcohol on Sirt1 expression and function in animal and human models of hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC) / Kyle J. Thompson, John R. Humphries, David J. Niemeyer, David Sindram, and Iain H. McKillop
    Transgenic mouse models for alcohol metabolism, toxicity and cancer / Claire Heit, Hongbin Dong, Ying Chen, Yatrik M. Shah, David C. Thompson, and Vasilis Vasiliou
    Fetal alcohol exposure increases susceptibility to carcinogenesis and promotes tumor progression in prostate gland / Dipak K. Sarkar
    Fetal alcohol exposure and mammary tumorigenesis in offspring: role of the estrogen and insulin-like growth factor systems / Wendie S. Cohick, Catina Crismale-Gann, Hillary Stires, and Tiffany A. Katz.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Javad Karimi, Hossein Madadi, editors.
    Summary: The book provides a reference to biological control of arthropod pests in agriculture and of public health importance in Iran. A quick glance over the literature shows a long history of biocontrol attempts in the country. Some historically important events highlighting the interest of Iranian academic, research and extension fields to the natural enemies and their applied aspects are provided. Iran, with an exception of the former USSR, was a pioneer in both basic and applied biocontrol in West Asia. The book consists of four parts: three parts for predators, parasitoids and pathogens, and last part for other approaches and analyses of the current state of biological control in Iran. The book provides the most up-to-date information on pest control and related topics of entomology in Iran. The chapters are written by scholars from major Universities and research centers in Iran.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1 : Introduction
    Chapter 2 : History of pest control and entomology in Iran
    Chapter 3: Predators
    Part 3.1. Ladybirds
    Part 3.2. Heteropterans
    Part 3.3. Other predator groups including
    Lacewings, Syrphids, Midges
    Chapter 4: Insect Pathogens
    Part 4.1. Bacterial entomopathogens
    Part 4.2. Fungal entomopathogens
    Part 4.3. Entomopathogenic and insect parasitic nematodes
    Part 4.4. Other entomopathogenic groups including viruses, protistans and Wolbachia
    Part 5.1. Parasitic wasps Chalcidoidea Ichneumonoidea
    Part 5.2. Superfamily Platygastroidea, Natural enemies of true bugs, moths, spiders and other insects
    Part 5.3. Egg parasitoids of Iran, Superfamily Chalcidoidea, with particular emphasis on Trichogrammatidae
    Part 5.4. Biological control in pomegranate orchards
    Part 5.5. Aphids Parasitoids : Aphidinae
    Part 5.6.Parasitic flies
    Chapter 6: Biological Control of mite pests in Iran
    Chapter 7: Biological control of some medically important flies in Iran
    Chapter 8: Final comments and conclusions
    Limitation of biocontrol program in Iran
    Future of Biocontrol in Iran
    Subject Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Ken Ishii and Choon Kit Tang
    Summary: Biological DNA Sensor defines the meaning of DNA sensing pathways and demonstrates the importance of the innate immune responses induced by double stranded DNA (dsDNA) through its influencing functions in disease pathology and immune activity of adjuvants for vaccines. Though discussed in specific subsections of existing books, dsDNA and its immunogenic properties has never received the complete treatment given in this book. Biological DNA Sensor approaches the impact of dsDNA's immunogenicity on disease and vaccinology holistically. It paints a complete and concise picture on the topic so you can understand this area of study and make more informed choices for your respective research needs. Chapters are authored by researchers who are renowned for their research focus, ensuring that this book provides the most complete views on the topics. Multi-authored by a distinguished panel of world-class expertsIdeal source of information for those wanting to learn about DNA sensingProvides in-depth explanations of DNA sensing pathways and the innate immune system, bridging the gap between them
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Takemi Otsuki, Yasuo Yoshioka, Andrij Holian, editors.
    Summary: This volume examines our current understanding of the biological effects of fibrous and particulate substances, including discussions on nanoparticles. It offers comprehensive information on the latest insights into the immunological effects of various irritants on the human body. Readers will benefit from the contributing authors' diverse perspectives and extensive discussions of key issues, which include molecular alterations of the immune system and autoimmune diseases in connection with asbestos and silica, among others. The chapters also discuss recommendations, practical methods, and nanosafety science in situations involving exposure to nanotoxic substances. Edited in collaboration with the Japanese Society for Hygiene, this book provides up-to-date information on the immunological effects of nanotoxic substances to researchers interested in environmental and occupational health. Presenting a number of recent concepts and findings in the field, it enables readers to gain a comprehensive knowledge of health problems caused by environmental fibrous and particulate substances.

    Contents:
    1. Macrophage and Multinucleated Giant Cell Classification
    2. NLRP3 Inflammasome-Mediated Toxicity of Fibrous Particles
    3. Approaching a Unified Theory for Particle-Induced Inflammation
    4. Reproductive and Developmental Effects of Nanomaterials
    5. Fibrogenic and Immunotoxic Responses to Carbon Nanotubes
    6. Potential Hazards of Skin Exposure to Nanoparticles
    7. Health Effects of Silver Nanoparticles and Silver Ions
    8. Multiwalled Carbon Nanotube-Induced Pulmonary Fibrogenesis
    9. Silicates and Autoimmunity
    10. Asbestos Exposure and Autoimmunity
    11. T Cell Alteration Caused by Exposure to Asbestos
    12. Effects of Asbestos Fibers on Human Cytotoxic T Cells.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    edited by Madeleine F. Barnothy.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    D656 .B26 1964
    1
  • Digital
    Roberto Ligrone.
    Summary: The book is a detailed account of major biological events that contributed to create the present world and our species, with emphasis on cause-effect interrelationships and environmental impact. Its main goal is to guide the reader toward an understanding of the continuity of life across diversity, and of its large-scale interactions with the planet. Combining scientific soundness with a constant effort for clarity, the book begins with a cloud of dust in a corner of the Galaxy and, covering an immense lapse of time, terminates with an organism that ponders about the texture of the Universe. Comprehensive, updated references added to each chapter will help the reader wishing to expand any of the topics. A glossary explains less common technical terms.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Abbreviations;
    Chapter 1: Introduction; References;
    Chapter 2: The Origins; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Birth of the Solar System; 2.3 The Earth; 2.4 The Activation of Tectonics; 2.5 Tectonic Processes Are Essential to Life; 2.5.1 Tectonics Drives a Powerful Global Thermostat; 2.5.2 Tectonics Recycles Bioelements; 2.6 Birth of the Atmosphere-Ocean-Continental Crust System; References;
    Chapter 3: The Birth of Life; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Seafloor Hydrothermal Vents as Settings for the Emergence of Life; 3.3 A Primordial Role for RNA?; 3.4 The Genetic Code 3.5 A RNA-Protein World3.6 Biological Membranes; 3.7 From Geochemistry to Biochemistry: The Emergence of an Autonomous Metabolism; 3.8 DNA Replaced RNA as the Repository of Biological Information; 3.9 The Bacterial-Archaeal Divide: Ancestral or Derived?; 3.10 Concluding Remarks; References;
    Chapter 4: Moving to the Light: The Evolution of Photosynthesis; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Light, Pigments and Photosystems; 4.3 Accessory Pigments; 4.4 The Photochemical Pathway in Anoxygenic Bacteria; 4.5 Evolutionary Interrelationships of Type-1 and Type-2 Photosystems; 4.6 Oxygenic Photosynthesis 4.7 Pathways of Carbon Photosynthetic FixationReferences;
    Chapter 5: The Great Oxygenation Event; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Planetary Oxygen Balance; 5.3 Methane Was Probably as a Key Driver of Planetary Oxygenation; 5.4 The GOE Was Associated with a Long Phase of Climatic Instability; 5.5 After the GOE, the Earth Stabilized in a Low-Oxygen State for over 1 Billion Years; 5.6 The Earth Entered a High-Oxygen Phase About 800 Million Years Ago; 5.7 The Impact of Oxygen on Biological Evolution; References;
    Chapter 6: Eukaryotes; 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Rise and Fall of the Archaezoan Model of Eukaryogenesis6.3 Post-archaezoan Models; 6.4 The Neomuran Model; 6.5 The Origin of the Nucleus; 6.6 Was the Host a Primitive Eukaryote or a Complex Archaeon?; 6.7 The Mitochondria; 6.7.1 Facts About Mitochondria; 6.8 The Last Eukaryote Common Ancestor (LECA) Possessed a Full Set of Fundamental Eukaryotic Traits; 6.9 Eukaryote Phylogeny and Systematics; 6.10 Dating Eukaryote Appearance and Diversification; 6.11 Concluding Remarks; References;
    Chapter 7: Sexual Reproduction; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Origin of Meiotic Sex 7.3 The Case of Parthenogenetic Rotifers7.4 Sexual Reproduction Sets Strong Species Boundaries in Eukaryotes; 7.5 Species Boundary in Prokaryotes Is Conventional; 7.6 Gamete Differentiation and Genders; References;
    Chapter 8: Multicellularity; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 Cellular Specialization and Levels of Organization in Multicellular Organisms; 8.3 Stem Cells and Germ Line; 8.4 Concluding Remarks; References;
    Chapter 9: The Chloroplast and Photosynthetic Eukaryotes; 9.1 Introduction; 9.2 Birth of the Primary Chloroplast; 9.3 The Plants (Archaeplastida); 9.4 Secondary Chloroplasts
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Brian W. van Wilgen, John Measey, David M. Richardson, John R. Wilson, Tsungai A. Zengeya, editors.
    Summary: This open access volume presents a comprehensive account of all aspects of biological invasions in South Africa, where research has been conducted over more than three decades, and where bold initiatives have been implemented in attempts to control invasions and to reduce their ecological, economic and social effects. It covers a broad range of themes, including history, policy development and implementation, the status of invasions of animals and plants in terrestrial, marine and freshwater environments, the development of a robust ecological theory around biological invasions, the effectiveness of management interventions, and scenarios for the future. The South African situation stands out because of the remarkable diversity of the country, and the wide range of problems encountered in its varied ecosystems, which has resulted in a disproportionate investment into both research and management. The South African experience holds many lessons for other parts of the world, and this book should be of immense value to researchers, students, managers, and policy-makers who deal with biological invasions and ecosystem management and conservation in most other regions.

    Contents:
    PART 1: BACKGROUND
    Chapter 1: Biological invasions in South Africa: An overview
    Chapter 2: A brief, selective history of researchers and research initiatives related to biological invasions in South Africa
    PART 2: BIOLOGICAL INVASIONS IN SOUTH AFRICA
    Chapter 3: The biogeography of South African terrestrial plant invasions
    Chapter 4:Invasive alien aquatic plants in freshwater ecosystems
    Chapter 5: Terrestrial Vertebrate Invasions in South Africa
    Chapter 6: Alien freshwater fauna in South Africa
    Chapter 7: Alien terrestrial invertebrates in South Africa
    Chapter 8: Biological invasions in South Africa's offshore sub-Antarctic territories
    Chapter 9: Coastal invasions: The South African context
    Chapter 10: Pathogens of vertebrate animals as invasive species: Insights from South Africa
    Chapter 11: Biological invasions in South Africa's urban ecosystems: Patterns, processes, impacts and management
    PART 3: DRIVERS OF INVASION
    Chapter 12: South Africa's pathways of introduction and dispersal and how they have changed over time
    Chapter 13: The role of environmental factors in promoting and limiting biological invasions in South Africa
    Chapter 14: Biotic interactions as mediators of biological invasions: Insights from South Africa
    PART 4: IMPACTS OF INVASION
    Chapter 15:Impacts of invasions on terrestrial water resources in South Africa
    Chapter 16:The impact of invasive alien plants on rangelands in South Africa
    Chapter 17: An evaluation of the impacts of alien species on biodiversity in South Africa using different methods
    PART 5: MANAGEMENT OF INVASIONS
    Chapter 18: Biological invasion policy and legislation development and implementation in South Africa
    Chapter 19: More than a century of biological control against invasive alien plants in South Africa: a synoptic view of what has been accomplished
    Chapter 20:Analysing the risks posed by biological invasions to South Africa
    Chapter 21:The extent and effectiveness of alien plant control projects in South Africa
    Chapter 22: Experience and lessons from alien and invasive animal control projects carried out in South Africa
    Chapter 23: Biological invasions and ecological restoration in South Africa
    Chapter 24: The social dimensions of biological invasions in South Africa
    Chapter 25: Education, training and capacity building in the field of biological invasions in South Africa
    PART 6: NEW INSIGHTS
    Chapter 26: South Africa as a donor of naturalized and invasive alien plants to other parts of the world
    Chapter 27: South Africa as a donor of alien animals
    Chapter 28: Knowing-doing continuum or knowing-doing gap? Transferring research results to managers of biological invasions in South Africa
    Chapter 29: Biological invasions as a component of South Africa's global change research effort
    Chapter 30: South Africa's Centre for Invasion Biology: An experiment in invasion science for society
    PART 7: THE WAY FORWARD
    Chapter 31:Potential futures of biological invasions in South Africa.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Fabián M. Jaksic, Sergio A. Castro.
    Summary: This book provides a conceptually organized framework to understand the phenomenon of biological invasions at the Anthropocene global scale. Most advances toward that aim have been provided from North American and European researchers, with fewer contributions from Australia and South Africa. Here we fill the void from the Neotropics, focusing on the research experience in South American countries, with a strong emphasis on Argentina and Chile. The text is divided into two parts: The first half comprises self-contained chapters, providing a conceptual, bibliographic and empirical foundation in the field of invasion biology, from an Anthropocene perspective. The second half reviews the ecology, biogeography, and local impacts in South America of exotic species groups (European rabbit, Eurasian wild boar, Canadian beaver, North American mink, and Holarctic freshwater fishes), which are shown to be useful models for case studies of global relevance.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Part 1. Conceptual Framework
    Chapter 1. Introduction to the Phenomenon of Biological Invasions
    Chapter 2. Biological Invasions in the Anthropocene
    chapter 3. Transport and Introduction
    Chapter 4. Naturalisation
    Chapter 5. Range Expansion
    Chapter 6. Impacts on Health, Economy and Diversity
    Chapter 7. Ecological Impacts
    Part 2. Case Studies
    Chapter 8. European Rabbit (Oryctolagus cuniculus) in Chile: The Human Dimension Behind a Biological Invasion
    Chapter 9. Invasive European Wild Rabbits (Oryctolagus cuniculus) in Argentina: State of the Art and Prospects for Research
    Chapter 10. Wild Boar Invasion in Argentina and Chile: Ecology, Impacts and Distribution
    Chapter 11. Reconceiving the Biological Invasion of North American Beavers (Castor Canadensis) in Southern Patagonia as a Socio-ecological Problem: implications and opportunities for research and management
    Chapter 12. Invasion by a Carnivore: the case of american mink (neovison vison) in south america
    Chapter 13. Homogenization of the Freshwater Fish Fauna in Chile: analysing the ichthyogeographic provinces. References.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Tadashi Matsunaga, Tsuyoshi Tanaka, David Kisailus, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses the biologically controlled synthesis of magnetic materials, and its applications in bio-inspired design and synthesis. It highlights several key aspects of biologically produced magnetic materials - (i) organisms that biologically synthesize and utilize magnetic materials; (ii) formation mechanisms; (iii) how these biological formation routes yield various phases and morphologies; and (iv) the resultant magnetic and structural properties - and describes diverse bio-inspired approaches to utilizing magnetic materials in applications ranging from semiconductor to health industries. In addition, the book discusses the recent industrial use of magnetic materials to develop scalable technologies that encompass protein displays, drug-delivery, biophysical separations, and medical diagnostics, as well as outlining future next-generation applications. As such, it offers valuable insights for all scientists interested in using multidisciplinary fields to overcome current obstacles, and in gaining multifaceted expertise in magnetic materials bionanotechnology.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Part I: Formation Mechanisms of Biological Magnetic Materials;
    Chapter 1: Structure andFunction ofAligned Magnetic Crystals inMagnetotactic Bacteria; 1.1 Introduction; 1.1.1 Discovery ofMagnetotactic Bacteria; 1.1.2 Isolation ofMagnetotactic Bacteria; 1.1.3 Magnetotactic Bacteria Diversity; 1.1.4 Magnetotaxis; 1.2 Magnetosome Structure andProtein Localization; 1.2.1 Magnetosome-Associated Proteins; 1.2.2 Tetratricopeptide Repeat (TPR) Protein MamA; 1.2.3 MamA andtheMagnetosome Matrix; 1.2.4 Cytoskeletal Filaments Associated withMagnetosome Chains. 1.2.5 MamK Localization1.2.6 MamK Polymerization; 1.2.7 Recent Advances inUnderstanding theMamK Cytoskeleton; 1.3 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 2: Molecular Mechanism ofMagnetic Crystal Formation inMagnetotactic Bacteria; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Identification ofKey Biological Molecular Components forMagnetic Nano-particle Formation; 2.3 Molecular Analysis ofUnique Prokaryotic Organelle Biogenesis Specialized forMagnetic Nano-particle Production; 2.3.1 Magnetosome Membrane Formation byInvagination ofCytoplasmic Membrane; 2.3.2 Magnetosome Chain Formation. 2.3.3 Iron Transportation andRedox Control WithinMagnetosome2.3.4 The Mechanism ofMagnetite Crystallization andMorphological Regulation; 2.4 Nano-particle Encapsulating Lipid Tubule Synthesis Inspired fromProkaryotic Membrane Deformation Protein, MamY; 2.5 Crystal Size andShape Determination Mechanism ofMagnetic Nano-particles; 2.6 Crystal andGranule Formation fromToxic or Useful Compounds Throughthe Reduction Bioprocess WithinMagnetotactic Bacteria; 2.7 Summary andPerspective; References;
    Chapter 3: Structural andProteomic Analyses ofIron Oxide Biomineralization inChiton Teeth. 3.1 Introduction3.2 Structure andComposition ofFully Mineralized Chiton Teeth; 3.3 Iron Oxide Mineralization inChiton Teeth; 3.3.1 Phase Transformation ofIron Oxides; 3.3.2 Ultrastructural Development; 3.3.3 Organic Matrix inChiton Tooth; 3.3.3.1 Chitin Fibers; 3.3.3.2 Protein; Proteomic Analysis; 3.3.4 Role ofEpithelial Cells; 3.3.5 Iron Delivery Pathway; 3.4 Summary andPerspective; References; Part II: Biological Templating of Magnetic Materials for Medical and Device Applications;
    Chapter 4: Bioengineering andBiotechnological Applications ofBacterial Magnetic Particles. 4.1 Introduction4.2 Developmental Status ofCommercialized Magnetic Particles; 4.3 Production ofFunctional Magnetic Particles by"Magnetosome Display System"; 4.3.1 Development ofHost/Vector System; 4.3.2 Novel Expression Strategies ofTarget Proteins ontoMagnetic Particles; 4.3.3 Improving theMaterial Properties ofMagnetic Particles; 4.4 Developments intheUse ofMagnetic Particles intheMedical Field; 4.4.1 Magnetic Hyperthermia; 4.4.2 Cell Separation; 4.4.3 Receptor Analysis; 4.5 Conclusion; References.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Julio A. Aguirre-Ghiso, editor.
    Summary: "This book focuses on the biological mechanisms of minimal residual disease (MRD) and recurrence. It integrates this biology in solid cancers and in hematological malignancies. It reports also on technological advancements for monitoring MRD, derived from mechanistic insights. Chapters in solid and hematological malignancies address stem cell biology, genetics, epigenetics and micro-environmental regulation of dormant MRD. Novel insight into technologies for molecular phenotyping of MRD and monitoring of CTCs, DTCs and cell free RNA and DNA are also addressed extensively. Five chapters explore the above concepts in solid cancers such as prostate, breast, melanoma, head and neck and esophageal. Two chapters also explore the basic mechanisms of vascular biology targeting and epigenetic mechanisms regulating pluripotency programs during dormancy. Similar biology is explored in hematological malignancies such as T-ALL, CML, AML and multiple myeloma in additional four chapters"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Epigenetic and pluripotency aspects of disseminated cancer cells during minimal residual disease / Maria Jose Carlini, Nitisha Shrivastava, Maria Soledad Sosa
    Anti-angiogenic therapy-mediated endothelial damage: a driver of breast cancer recurrence? / Laura Pisarsky, Cyrus M. Ghajar
    Minimal residual disease in prostate cancer / Frank C. Cackowski, Russell S. Taichman
    Minimal residual disease in head and neck cancer and esophageal cancer / Christoph Sproll, Georg Fluegen, Nikolas H. Stoecklein
    Detection of minimal residual disease and its clinical applications in melanoma and breast cancer patients / Selena Y. Lin, Javier I. J. Orozco, Dave S. B. Hoon
    Preservation of quiescent chronic myelogenous leukemia stem cells by the bone marrow microenvironment / Mansi Shah, Ravi Bhatia
    Minimal residual disease in acute myeloid leukemia / Alexandra Gomez-Arteaga, Monica L. Guzman
    Characteristics and therapeutic targeting of minimal residual disease in childhood acute lymphoblastic leukemia / Irmela Jeremias, Denis M. Schewe
    Minimal residual disease in multiple myeloma: impact on response assessment, prognosis and tumor heterogeneity / Natalie Berger, Seunghee Kim-Schulze, Samir Parekh
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Vinod Krishnan, Anne Marie Kuijpers-Jagtman, Ze'ev Davidovitch.
    Summary: "This new edition continues to be an authoritative reference to the scientific foundations underpinning clinical orthodontics The newly and thoroughly revised Third Edition of Biological Mechanisms of Tooth Movement delivers a comprehensive reference for orthodontic trainees and specialists. It is fully updated to include new chapters on personalized orthodontics as well as the inflammatory process occurring in the dental and paradental tissues. It is heavily illustrated throughout, making it easier for readers to understand and retain the information discussed within. The topics covered range from bone biology, the effects of mechanical loading on tissues and cells, genetics, tissue remodeling, and the effects of diet, drugs, and systemic diseases. The Third Edition of Biological Mechanisms of Tooth Movement features seven sections that cover subjects such as: The development of biological concepts in orthodontics, including the cellular and molecular biology behind orthodontic tooth movement Mechanics meets biology, including the effects of mechanical loading on hard and soft tissues and cells, and biological reactions to temporary anchorage devices Inflammation and orthodontics, including markers for tissue remodeling in the gingival crevicular fluid and saliva Personalized diagnosis and treatment based on genomic criteria, including the genetic influences on orthodontic tooth movement Rapid orthodontics, including methods to accelerate or decelerate orthodontic tooth movement Perfect for residents and PhD students of orthodontic and periodontal programs, Biological Mechanisms of Tooth Movement is also useful to academics, clinicians, bone biologists, and researchers with an interest in the mechanics and biology of tooth movement"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] A. Joshua Wand.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    Andrew Hodgkiss.
    Summary: Biological Psychiatry of Cancer and Cancer Treatment provides the reader with expert guidance on how to prevent, detect and manage the 'organic' psychiatric disorders experienced by people with cancer.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Introduction to cancer biology
    Introduction to biological and molecular psychiatry
    Introduction to clinical neuropsychiarty
    Psychiatric consequences of particular cancers
    Psychiatric consequences of cancer treatments: surgery and radiotherapy
    Psychiatric consequences of cancer treatments: conventional chemotherapy
    Psychiatric consequences of cancer treatments: hormone and cytokine treatments
    Psychiatric consequences of cancer treatments: 'small molecule' molecularly targeted agents
    Psychiatric consequences of cancer treatments: therapeutic monoclonal antibodies
    Opportunities for prevention, or early detection, or psychopathology
    Clinical psychiatric assessment of patients with cancer.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    editor, David Monchaud.
    Contents:
    Biological relevance and therapeutic applications of DNA- and RNA-quadruplexes : double helix versus quadruple helix / David Monchaud
    Existence of G-quadruplexes in cells / Sébastien Britton, Alexandra Bartoli & Raphaël Rodriguez
    Diversity of DNA and RNA G-quadruplex structures / Primož Šket and Janez Plavec
    Direct observation of G-quadruplexes using DNA origami nanoscaffold / Arivazhagan Rajendran, Yue Li, Masayuki Endo & Hiroshi Sugiyama
    The G-factor : role of G-quadruplexes in genomic instability and cancer / Mrinal Srivastava & Sathees C. Raghavan
    Assessing the biological relevance of G-quadruplexes in telomeres by specific quadruplex-binding proteins / Takanori Oyoshi
    G-quadruplex dynamics : assays for intramolecular G-quadruplex helicases and inhibitors / Sean M Kerwin & Wendi M. David
    Proteins that interact with DNA and RNA G-quadruplexes / Aaron L. Moye & Tracy M. Bryan
    Biological relevance and small molecule targeting of RNA G-quadruplexes in the human genome / Anthony Bugaut
    Biological mechanisms of action of G-quadruplex targeting agents / Kyle R. Hukezalie, Elwy Okaz & Judy M.Y. Wong
    How has the field of quadruplex ligands fared since 1997? / Xiaogang Qu, Ta-Chau Chang, Kogularamanan Suntharalingam & David Monchaud
    Chiral compounds targeting G-quadruplexes / Chuanqi Zhao & Xiaogang Qu
    Novel metal-containing molecules that target DNA G-quadruplexes / Kogularamanan Suntharalingam
    Novel molecules targeting DNA G-quadruplexes : carbazole derivatives / Ta-Chau Chang, Zi-Fu Wang, Ting-Yuan Tseng & Cheng-Chung Chang
    Nature-inspired strategies to target DNA/RNA-quadruplexes / Aurelien Laguerre, Loic Stefan & David Monchaud
    DNA G-quadruplexes under the spotlight / Mazen Haj Sleiman & Sylvain Ladame
    G-quadruplex DNA for the construction of sensing platforms / Dik-Lung Ma, Modi Wang, Li-Juan Liu, Sheng Lin, Lihua Lu, Daniel Shiu-Hin Chan & Chung-Hang Leung.
    Digital Access Future Med 2015
  • Digital
    Barnali Chaudhuri, Inés G. Muñoz, Shuo Qian, Volker S. Urban, editors.
    Contents:
    Sample and Buffer preparation for SAXS
    Considerations for sample preparation using size-exclusion chromatography
    How to analyze and present SAS data for publication
    Designing and Performing Biological Solution Small-Angle Neutron Scattering Contrast Variation Experiments on Multi-component Assemblies
    SAS-based structural modeling and model validation
    Structural Characterization of Highly Flexible Proteins by Small-Angle Scattering
    What can we learn from wide-angle solution scattering?
    SAS-based studies of protein fibrillation
    High Resolution Distance Distributions Determined by X-ray and Neutron Scattering
    A successful combination: coupling SE-HPLC with SAXS
    Applications of SANS to study membrane protein systems
    Hybrid applications of solution scattering to aid structural biology
    A practical guide to iSPOT modeling: An integrative structural biology platform
    Small angle scattering for pharmaceutical applications: From drugs to drug delivery system.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Wallace Arthur, National University of Ireland, Galway.
    Summary: "Are we alone in the universe, or are there other life-forms 'out there'? This is one of the most scientifically and philosophically important questions that humanity can ask. Now, in the early 2020s, we are tantalizingly close to an answer. As this book shows, the answer will almost certainly be that life-forms are to be found across the Milky Way and beyond. They will be thinly spread, to be sure. Yet the number of inhabited planets probably runs into the trillions. Some are close enough for us to detect evidence of life by analysing their atmospheres. This evidence may be found within a couple of decades. Its arrival will be momentous. But even before it arrives we can anticipate what life elsewhere will be like by examining the ecology and evolution of life on Earth. This book considers the current state of play in relation to these titanic issues"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Ronald F. van Vollenhoven.
    Contents:
    Disease overview
    General treatment aspects
    Overview of biologic therapies
    Cytokine inhibitors
    B-cell directed therapy
    T-cell directed therapy
    Novel biologics and small molecules with biologic-like effects
    Strategies for the optimal use of biologic agents in rheumatoid arthritis
    Considerations for special patient populations
    Conclusions and future outlook.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] James P. Stannard, James L. Cook, Lisa A. Fortier.
    Contents:
    US definitions, current use, and FDA stance on use of platelet-rich plasma in sports medicine / Knut Beitzel, Donald Allen, John Apostolakos, Ryan P. Russell, Mary Beth McCarthy, Gregory J. Gallo, Mark P. Cote, and Augustus D. Mazzocca
    European definitions, current use, and EMA stance of platelet-rich plasma in sports medicine / Stefano Fiorentino, Alice Roffi, Giuseppe Filardo, Maurilio Marcacci, and Elizaveta Kon
    FDA regulation of adult stem cell therapies as used in sports medicine / Mary Ann Chirba, Berkley Sweetapple, Charles P. Hannon, and John A. Anderson
    Cellular chondroplasty : a new technology for joint regeneration / Mary Murphy and Frank Barry
    Autologous-conditioned serum : evidence for use in the knee / David D. Frisbie
    Role of platelet-rich plasma in articular cartilage injury and disease / Randy Mascarenhas, Bryan M. Saltzman, Lisa A. Fortier, and Brian J. Cole
    Use of platelet-rich plasma for patellar tendon and medial collateral ligament injuries : best current clinical practice / Isabel Andia and Nicola Maffulli
    Can platelet-rich plasma enhance anterior cruciate ligament and meniscal repair? / Ian D. Hutchinson, Scott A. Rodeo, Gabriel S. Perrone, Martha M. Murray
    How should we evaluate outcomes for use of biologics in the knee? / Christopher M. LaPrade, Evan W. James, Robert F. LaPrade, Lars Engebretsen
    Biologics used in bone healing / Brett D. Crist and Gregory J. Della Rocca
    Clinical decision making for use of biologics in orthopaedic practice / James L. Cook and James P. Stannard.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2015
  • Digital
    Augustus D. Mazzocca, Adam D. Lindsay.
    Summary: "Designed with the practicing clinician in mind, Biologics in Orthopaedic Surgery provides a succinct, easy-to-digest overview of the integration of biologics (platelet-rich-plasma [PRP], bone marrow aspirate [BMA], and stem cells) into today's orthopaedic practice. Covering relevant basic science as well as clinical applications, this concise reference takes a head-to-toe approach to the emerging role of orthobiologics for specific conditions and procedures, in addition to future directions for implementation"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Introduction. The role of OrthoBiologics in orthopedics
    FDA regulations and impact
    Section 2: Basic science. Growth factors
    Cells
    Tissues
    Section 3: Clinical applications in sports medicine. Biologics in sports medicine: introduction
    Rotator cuff augmentation
    Bone Loss in the upper extremity
    Preserving articular cartilage in the knee
    Orthobiologics in osteoarthritis
    Ligament reconstruction in the knee
    Treating the subchondral environment and avascular necrosis
    Section 4: Clinical applications in general orthopaedics. Biologics in hand and wrist surgery
    Biologic augmentation in peripheral nerve repair
    Biologics in spine surgery
    Biologics in foot and ankle surgery
    Biologics in fracture care
    Biologics in musculoskeletal oncology
    Section 5: Future directions. regenerative engineering
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Ivan D. Montoya, editor.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    PART I: Vaccines: Introduction
    Nicotine
    Cocaine
    Heroin
    Metamphetamine
    PART II: Monoclonal antibodies: Introduction
    Cocaine
    Metamphetamine
    PCP
    PART III: Enzymes: Introduction
    Butyrylcholinesterase
    Cocaine Esterase
    PART IV: New strategies to optimize the development of biologics: Adenovirus based vaccines
    Nanotechnology based vaccines
    Protein Nanoparticles
    DNA Scaffolded Vaccines
    Single Hapten Conjugate Therapeutic Vaccine
    Vaccine Adjuvants
    Laser Adjuvant
    Peptide Conjugates & Cytokine Adjuvants
    T. brucei: A Platform for Immunization
    Vaccines for SUDs and HIV infection
    New Monoclonal Antibodies
    Protein Engineered for Controlled Duration of Action
    PART V: Ethical aspects of biologics to treat SUDs.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    Ludwig von Bertalanffy.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    QH331 .B46
    1
  • Digital
    Ramasamy Santhanam.
    Summary: Seas and oceans cover 71% of the earth's surface and they are home to 80% of all life found on the planet . Among the different components of marine life, the phylum Cnidaria (formerly Coelenterata) has been reported to be responsible for more envenomations than any other marine phylum. It is believed that 2% of its known 11000 species are venomous to humans. Incidents caused by jellyfish are common all around the globe, with serious manifestations and occasional deaths reported in some countries. The Australian box jellyfish, Chironex fleckeri, has been reported to be very dangerous to humans, as contact with its tentacles can provoke immediate cardiovascular collapse and death within minutes. Though other volumes on venomous marine fauna are available, this is the first comprehensive book focusing on venomous marine cnidarians. It is a valuable text-cum-reference resource for researchers, teachers and students of various disciplines, including fisheries science, marine biotechnology and marine biology and for university and college libraries. It is also a useful guide for beachgoers, divers, physicians and environmentalists.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Biology of Marine Cnidarians
    Chapter 3. Biology and Ecology of Venomous Marine hydrozoans
    Chapter 4. Biology and Ecology of the Venomous Marine true jellyfish
    Chapter 5. Biology and Ecology of the Venomous Marine Box Jellyfish
    Chapter 6. Biology and Ecology of the Venomous Marine Anthozoans
    Chapter 7. Venomology of Marine Cnidarians.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Ajaykumar Vishwakarma, Jeffrey M. Karp.
    Contents:
    I. Biology of stem cell niches and molecular mechanisms
    The need to study, mimic, and target stem cell niches
    Harnessing the biology of stem cells' niche
    Pluripotent stem cell microenvironment
    Regulation of hematopoietic stem cell dynamics by molecular niche signaling
    HSC niche: regulation of mobilization and homing
    Neuronal stem cells niches of the brain
    Cardiovascular stem cell niche
    Intestinal epithelial Lgr5+ stem cell niche and organoids
    The epithelial stem cell niche in skin
    The satellite cell niche in skeletal muscle
    The cancer stem cell niche
    Cellular senescence and stem cell niche
    Biochemical and physical cues in the stem cell niche directing cell fate
    Matrix chemistry controlling stem cell behavior
    Matrix growth factor and surface ligand presentation
    Effects of matrix mechanical forces and geometry on stem cell behavior
    Wettability effect on stem cell behavior
    Fluid flow control of stem cells with investigation of mechanotransduction pathways
    Hypoxia regulation of stem cell: mechanisms, biological properties, and applications
    III. Designing smart biomaterials to mimic and control stem cell niche
    Polymer design and development
    Design and development of ceramics and glasses
    Surface functionalization of biomaterials
    Biofunctional hydrogels for three-dimensional stem cell culture
    Technologies to engineer cell substrate mechanics in hydrogels
    Micro- and nanosurface patterning technologies
    Self-assembled nanostructures (SANs)
    Biometric nanofibers as artificial stem cell niche
    IV. Bioengineering strategies to model synthetic stem cell niches
    Employing microfluidic devices to induce concentration gradients
    Engineering niches for embryonic and induced pluripotent stem cells
    Engineering niches for cardiovascular tissue regeneration
    Engineering niches for blood vessel regeneration
    Engineering niches for bone tissue regeneration
    Engineering vascular niche for bone tissue regeneration
    Engineering niches for cartilage tissue regeneration
    Engineering niches for stem and progenitor cell differentiation into immune cells
    Engineering niches for skin and wound healing
    Designing stem cell niche for liver development and regeneration
    Engineering the niche for intestinal regeneration.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Donald W. Duszynski, Jana Kvičerová and R. Scott Seville.
    Summary: The fundamental concept of The Biology and Identification of the Coccidia (Apicomplexa) of Carnivores of the World is to provide an up-to-date reference guide to the identification, taxonomy, and known biology of apicomplexan intestinal and tissue parasites of carnivores including, but not limited to, geographic distribution, prevalence, sporulation, prepatent and patent periods, site(s) of infection in the definitive and (if known) intermediate hosts, endogenous development, cross-transmission, pathology, phylogeny, and (if known) their treatments. These data will allow easy parasite recognition with a summation of virtually everything now known about the biology of each parasite species covered. The last (very modest) and only treatise published on this subject was in 1981 so this book fills a fundamental gap in our knowledge of what is now known, and what is not, about the coccidian parasites that infect and sometimes kill carnivores and/or their prey that can harbor intermediate stages, including many domestic and game animals.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Todd M. Zimmerman, Shaji K. Kumar, editors.
    Summary: This unique book focuses on the non-myeloma plasma cell dyscrasias. A key resource for this group of diseases, the book features the latest in emerging knowledge and therapeutic developments, including novel therapies. Each disease-specific chapter discusses biology, disease course, and appropriate therapeutic interventions, covering plasma cell leukemia, plasmacytoma, POEMS Syndrome and Castleman's Disease, Waldenström macroglobulinemia, immunoglobin deposition disease, and cryoglobulinemic syndromes, among others. The only book dedicated to this intriguing family of diseases, Biology and Management of Unusual Plasma Cell Dyscrasias will be a long-lasting reference for clinicians and scientists alike.

    Contents:
    Plasma cell leukemia
    PLASMACYTOMA
    CURRENT APPROACH TO DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT
    POEMS Syndrome and Castleman's Disease
    Waldenström macroglobulinemia
    Light Chain Amyloidosis
    Immunoglobulin Deposition Disease
    Cryoglobulinemic Syndromes: Diagnosis and Management
    Idiopathic Systemic Capillary Leak Syndrome (Clarkson Disease)
    Renal Disease Associated with Monoclonal Gammopathy.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Vinod Pullarkat, Guido Marcucci, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a concise update on current understanding of the biology of acute and chronic leukemias and other bone marrow neoplasms, including myelodysplastic and myeloproliferative disorders, and explores new and emerging treatments. There is a particular focus on the molecular abnormalities that are drivers of leukemia and on their detection by modern molecular techniques. Knowledge of the ways in which genomic and metabolic abnormalities in the hematologic neoplasms affect prognosis and treatment decision making is reviewed. Detailed attention is devoted to targeted therapies, including novel drugs, and to potential targets for future drug development. In addition, readers find in-depth discussion of cellular and antibody-based immunotherapies as well as the role of hematopoietic stem cell transplantation in the treatment of leukemias and bone marrow malignancies. The book is of special interest for hematologists, oncologists, and cancer researchers; it is also of value for hematology trainees and medical students.

    Contents:
    Advances in diagnosis and risk stratification of leukemias and bone marrow neoplasms
    Genetics and diagnostic approach to lymphoblastic leukemia
    Acute promyelocytic leukemia: update on risk stratification and treatment
    Current and emerging therapies for AML
    Current management and new developments in treatment of ALL
    Contemporary therapy of CML
    MDS: Pathogenesis and therapy
    Chronic lymphocytic leukemia: Biology and therapy
    Biology and current treatment of Myeloproliferative neoplasms
    Systemic Mastocytosis: Pathology and treatment
    Adoptive T-cell therapy and other novel immunotherapies for leukemia.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC643 .B56 2021
    1
  • Print
    Begleiter, Henri; Kissin, Benjamin.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC565 .B615
    7
  • Digital/Print
    Weinberg, Robert A.
    Summary: Thoroughly updated and incorporating the most important advances in the fast-growing field of cancer biology, This book is a textbook for students studying the molecular and cellular bases of cancer at the undergraduate, graduate, and medical school levels. The principles of cancer biology are presented in an organized, cogent, and in-depth manner. The clarity of writing, supported by an extensive full-color art program and numerous pedagogical features, makes the book accessible and engaging. The information unfolds through the presentation of key experiments that give readers a sense of discovery and provide insights into the conceptual foundation underlying modern cancer biology. Besides its value as a textbook, this book is a useful reference for individuals working in biomedical laboratories and for clinical professionals. Every copy of the book comes with an updated DVD-ROM containing the book's art program, a selection of movies, audio file mini-lectures, Supplementary Sidebars, and a Media Guide.

    Contents:
    The biology and genetics of cells and organisms
    The nature of cancer
    Tumor viruses
    Cellular oncogenes
    Growth factors, receptors, and cancer
    Cytoplasmic signaling circuitry programs many of the traits of cancer
    Tumor suppressor genes
    Prb and control of the cell cycle clock
    P53 and apoptosis: master guardian and executioner
    Eternal life : cell immortalization and tumorigenesis
    Multi-step tumorigenesis
    Maintenance of genomic integrity and the development of cancer
    Dialogue replaces monologue : heterotypic interactions and the biology of angiogenesis
    Moving out : invasion and metastasis
    Crowd control : tumor immunology and immunotherapy
    The rational treatment of cancer.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2014
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC268.4 .W45 2014
    1
  • Print
    edited by Victor Ginsburg and Phillips Robbins.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QP701 .B49
    1
  • Print
    Georg Hacker, editor
    Contents:
    Deconstructing the Chlamydial cell wall / Anna Klöckner [and three others]
    One face of Chlamydia trachomatis: the infectious elementary body / Mathilde M. Cossé, Richard D. Hayward and Agathe Subtil
    Manipulation of the host cell cytoskeleton by Chlamydia / Ana T. Nogueira, Antonio T. Pedrosa and Rey A. Carabeo
    Subversion of cell-autonomous host defense by Chlamydia infection / Annette Fischer and Thomas Rudel
    The hidden genomics of Chlamydia trachomatis / James Hadfield [and three others]
    Advances and obstacles in the genetic dissection of Chlamydial virulence / Julie A. Brothwell [and three others]
    Chlamydia trachomatis as the cause of infectious infertility: acute, repetitive or persistent long-term infection? / Larissa Schuchardt and Jan Rupp
    Immunopathogenesis of Chlamydial infections / Ashlesh K. Murphy, Weidang Li and Kyle H. Ramsey
    Chalmydia trachomatis: protective adaptive responses and prospects for a vaccine / Taylor B. Poston and Tone Darville.
  • Digital
    Mukesh K. Meghvansi, Ajit Varma, editors.
    Summary: This book highlights the latest findings on fundamental aspects of composting, the interaction of various microorganisms, and the underlying mechanisms. In addition to addressing modern tools and techniques used for composting research, it provides an overview of potential composting applications in both agriculture and environmental reclamation. Composting is the process of organic waste decomposition, mediated by microorganisms. The end-product is called 'compost and can be used as a supplement to improve soil fertility. As the municipal waste generated in most developing countries contains a substantial amount of organic matter suitable for composting, this technology offers a win-win opportunity for stakeholders in terms of disposing of organic waste and providing organic fertilizers for agriculture. In addition, using compost reduces the dependency on harmful chemical fertilizers, and represents a sustainable and environmentally friendly alternative.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Composting: Paradigms and Mechanisms
    Chapter 1: Compost and Compost Tea Microbiology: The "-Omics ́́Era
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Genomic Approaches
    1.2.1 Genomics
    1.2.2 Metagenomics
    1.3 Postgenomic Approaches
    1.3.1 Metatranscriptomics
    1.3.2 Metaproteomics and Metaproteogenomics
    1.3.3 Metametabolomics
    1.4 Conclusions and Future Work
    References
    Chapter 2: Biological Sterilisation, Detoxification and Stimulation of Cucurbitacin-Containing Manure
    2.1 Introduction 2.2 Biosynthesis and Bioactivities of Cucurbitacins
    2.3 Preparation of Cucurbitacin-Containing Manure
    2.3.1 Cultivation of Cucumis africanus
    2.3.2 Preparation of Nemafric-BL Stock Solution
    2.3.3 Preparation of Nemafric-Manure
    2.3.3.1 Potential Sterilisation
    2.3.3.2 Potential Detoxification and Pasteurisation
    2.3.3.3 Potential Stimulation
    2.4 Application and Effects of Nemafric-Manure
    2.4.1 Effects on Plant Variables
    2.4.1.1 Dry Shoot Mass and Fresh Fruit Yield
    2.4.1.2 Effects on Plant-Parasitic Nematodes
    2.4.1.3 Effects on Fusarium Species 2.4.1.4 Effects on Soil Variables
    2.5 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 3: Nematode Succession During Composting Process
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Soil Structure
    3.3 Composting Process and Its Role in Agriculture
    3.3.1 Composting Process and Soil Suppressiveness
    3.3.2 Relationship Between Phytopathogenic Nematodes and Tillage of Soil
    3.4 Soil Nematodes
    3.4.1 Nematode Community Structure
    3.4.2 Colonizer-Persister (Cp) Groupings of Nematode Taxa
    3.4.3 Nematode as Biological Soil Indicators
    3.5 Nematodes Succession During Composting Process 3.6 Conclusions and Future Perspectives
    References
    Chapter 4: Review on Physiological Effects of Vermicomposts on Plants
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 An Overview of Plant Growth-Affecting Activity of Vermicomposts
    4.2.1 Seed Germination
    4.2.2 Plant Vegetative Growth
    4.3 Physiological Effects Associated with Mineral Nutrition: Changes in Soil Mineral Nutrient Availability
    4.4 Physiological Effects Associated with Mineral Nutrition: Changes in Mineral Nutrient Uptake
    4.5 Vermicompost Substances with Plant Growth-Regulating Activity
    4.5.1 Plant Hormones 4.5.2 Humic Substances
    4.6 Activation of Metabolic Processes
    4.6.1 Photosynthesis-Related Parameters
    4.6.2 Defense Responses
    4.7 Evaluation of Vermicompost Quality Based on Physiological Criteria
    4.8 Practical Implications: Use in Different Farming Systems
    4.9 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 5: Interaction of Earthworm Activity with Soil Structure and Enzymes
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Earthworm Ecotypes
    5.2.1 Compost Earthworms
    5.2.2 Epigeic Earthworms
    5.2.3 Endogeic Earthworms
    5.2.4 Anecic Earthworms
    5.3 Soil Enzymes
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ahmed Al-Harrasi, Abdul Latif Khan, Sajjad Asaf, Ahmed Al-Rawahi.
    Summary: This book provides insight into the biology and genomics of the genus Boswellia (family Burseraceae), a natural resource used for the production of frankincense, an oleo-gum resin. The Boswellia species are ecologically, medicinally, commercially and culturally important. Significantly contributing to the paucity of comprehensive literature on this genus, this volume provides a detailed discussion on the genomics, physiology and ecology of Boswellia. The chapters cover a wide range of topics, including taxonomy, distribution, genetic diversity and microbiology. The production process of frankincense and its impact on the species are presented as well. In light of the recent decline of various Boswellia populations, species propagation and conservation are discussed. Plant scholars, ecologists and conservation biologists will find this book to be an important and informative reference.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Introduction; References; Contents; About the Authors;
    Chapter 1: Frankincense and Human Civilization: A Historical Review; Etymology of Frankincense; Oleoresin (Tears of the Sun); Frankincense Trade Route; Frankincense Trade and Its Economic Importance; Religious and Cultural Uses; Cosmetic Use; Medicinal Use; References;
    Chapter 2: Taxonomy, Distribution and Ecology of Boswellia; Burseraceae Family; Boswellia Genus; Historical Perspectives on Boswellia Taxonomy; Boswellia Species Description; Distribution of Boswellia Throughout the World; Boswellia sacra Flueck Boswellia ameero Balf. f. Boswellia dioscoridis Thulin; Boswellia popoviana Hepper; Boswellia nana Hepper; Boswellia elongata Balf. f; Boswellia socotrana Balf. f.; Boswellia serrata Roxb. ex Colebr; Boswellia ovalifoliolata Balakr & A.N. Henry; Boswellia rivae; Boswellia frereana Bird; Boswellia neglecta S. Moore; Boswellia dalzielii Hutch; Boswellia carterii Flueck; Boswellia bullata Thul. & Gifri; Boswellia globosa Thul.; Boswellia pirottae Chiov; B. papyrifera; Boswellia microphylla Chiov; References;
    Chapter 3: Frankincense: Tapping, Harvesting and Production; What Is Resin? Boswellia Tapping Influences Its Carbohydrate MetabolismBoswellia Tapping Influences Leaf Gas Exchange Processes; Tapping Causes the Regulation of the Lipid Layer and JA Biosynthesis; Effects of Incisions on Endogenous Salicylic Acid Regulation; Effect of Wounding on Endogenous Abscisic Acid Regulation; Enhanced Elicitation of Endogenous GA in Boswellia; Boswellia Gene Expression Patterns During Wounding; References;
    Chapter 5: Propagation and Conservation of Boswellia sacra; Ecology and Environmental Conditions; Environmental Effects on Plant Morphology; Soil Preparation and Planting How Do the Trees Produce Resin?How Is the Resin Synthesized?; Resin-Producing Plants; Composition of Frankincense Resin; Resin Production After Tapping; Uses of Frankincense; Production of Frankincense; Marketing of Frankincense; Climatic Changes Influencing Frankincense Production; References;
    Chapter 4: Frankincense Tree Physiology and Its Responses to Wounding Stress; Wounding Stress Physiology in Plants; Wounding or Tapping of Frankincense Trees; Boswellia Physiochemical Responses to Tapping; Effect of Wounding on Essential Nutrients and Amino Acid Accumulation Irrigation of Boswellia PlantsNutrient Requirements for Boswellia Growth; Cultivation Practices and Conservation of Boswellia Populations; Pollination and Seed Formation; Germination Rate; Macropropagation; Seedling Propagation in Nurseries; Planting and Protecting Seedlings; Root Cutting Propagation; Root Sucker Propagation; Root Tuber Propagation; Seedling and Rooted Cutting Requirements; Micropropagation; In Vitro Micropropagation of Boswellia; Axillary Bud Break and Axillary Shoot Proliferation; Effects of Seasonal Changes on Explants; Effects of Phytohormones
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Marlene Oeffinger, Daniel Zenklusen, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Alexander Birbrair, editor.
    Summary: Pericytes were originally discovered and named more than hundred years ago as contractile cells around the blood vessel endothelial cells. Due to the lack of exclusive markers, pericytes are now defined by a combination of location, morphology and gene expression. Pericytes are attracting increasing attention as important regulators during development and during normal and disturbed organ function. In recent years, remarkable progress has been made in the identification and characterization of pericytes subpopulations and their amazing functions using state-of-art techniques. These advantages facilitated identification of molecular basis of interaction between these cells with several other more well studied cell types, and revealed key signals derived from pericytes involved in homeostasis, regeneration, and disease regulation. In the last ten years, several unexpected roles of pericytes have been discovered. It has been demonstrated that pericytes from different tissues differ in their properties as well as functions. Even more, pericytes are heterogeneous also within the same organ. This book is will describe the major contributions of pericytes to different organs biology in physiological and pathological conditions. The book will teach the readers about this so special cell type that 10 years ago was almost completely forgotten, and it was associated basically only with vascular stability. Recently, it become a very hot topic to work in. Several articles in Nature, Science and Cell have been and are being currently published about this cell type. These recent works are revealing how important those cells are for before unimaginable biological processes. Thus, this book will update us on what are the most novel functions attributed to these cells. Also, will introduce to the young generation all the history about these cells from when they were discovered in different organs till where we are now in this field. So it will be a great book for both cell biology students as well as researchers that will have an update on these cells biology in different organs.

    Contents:
    In Vivo Optical Imaging and Manipulation of Brain Pericytes
    The complex and integral roles of pericytes within the neurovascular unit in health and disease
    Role of pericytes in brain metastasis
    Effects of Cytomegalovirus on Pericytes
    Pericytes in Retinal Ischemia
    Inflammatory mediators released by brain pericytes as sensors and effectors in blood-brain barrier dysfunction
    TLR-4 signaling in Pericytes
    EphA7+ Multipotent Pericytes and Their Roles in Multicellular Organisms
    Skeletal Muscle-Resident Pericyte Responses to Conditions of Use and Disuse
    Pericytes in myocardial diseases
    Adventitial and skeletal muscle pericytes in health and in ischemic tissue regeneration.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Giuseppe Fusco, Alessandro Minelli.
    Summary: Reproduction is a fundamental feature of life, it is the way life persists across the ages. This book offers new, wider vistas on this fundamental biological phenomenon, exploring how it works through the whole tree of life. It explores facets such as asexual reproduction, parthenogenesis, sex determination and reproductive investment, with a taxonomic coverage extended over all the main groups - animals, plants including 'algae', fungi, protists and bacteria. It collates into one volume perspectives from varied disciplines - including zoology, botany, microbiology, genetics, cell biology, developmental biology, evolutionary biology, animal and plant physiology, and ethology - integrating information into a common language. Crucially, the book aims to identify the commonalties among reproductive phenomena, while demonstrating the diversity even amongst closely related taxa. Its integrated approach makes this a valuable reference book for students and researchers, as well as an effective entry point for deeper study on specific topics.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Héctor M. Alvarez.
    Summary: Rhodococcus, a metabolically versatile actinobacterium which is frequently found in the environment, has gained increasing interest due to its potential biotechnological applications. This Microbiology Monographs volume provides a thorough review of the various aspects of the biochemistry, physiology and genetics of the Genus Rhodococcus. Following an overview of its taxonomy, chapters cover the structural aspects of rhodococcal cellular envelope, genomes and plasmids, metabolic and catabolic pathways, such as those of aromatic compounds, steroids and nitriles, and desulfurization pathways, as well as adaption to organic solvents. Further reviews discuss applications of Rhodococcus in the bioremediation of contaminated environments, in triacylglycerols accumulation, and in phytopathogenic strategies, as well as the potential of biosurfactants. In addition, properties of these bacteria to thrive and survive in oligotrophic environments are also discussed. A final chapter describes the sole pathogenic Rhodococcus member, R. equi.

    Contents:
    Refined Systematics of the Genus Rhodococcus Based on Whole Genome Analyses
    Genomics of Rhodococcus
    Central Metabolism of Species of the Genus Rhodococcus
    Oligotrophic Growth of Rhodococcus
    Adaptation of Rhodococcus to Organic Solvents
    Degradation of Alkanes in Rhodococcus
    Biodegradation of Nitriles by Rhodococcus
    The Desulfurization Pathway in Rhodococcus
    Bioremediation of Contaminated Environments Using Rhodococcus
    Production of Trehalolipid Biosurfactants by Rhodococcus
    Biology of Triacylglycerol Accumulation by Rhodococcus
    Interaction of Rhodococcus with Metals and Biotechnological Applications
    Plant-Associated Rhodococcus Species, for Better and for Worse.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Oliver Betz, Ulrich Irmler, Jan Klimaszewski, editors.
    Summary: "Rove beetles (Staphylinidae) are common elements of the soil biota, living in the litter and deeper soil layers. Although they are one of the most diverse and speciose groups of insects, no comprehensive books on their general evolution and ecology are as yet available. This book fills that gap, discussing significant aspects and active research examples in the fields of phylogeny and systematics, ecology and conservation, and reproduction and development. The combination of review chapters and case studies provides an excellent introduction to the biology of rove beetles and enables readers to become familiar with active research fields in this megadiverse group of beetles. Offering easy access to these fields, it also demonstrates how staphylinids are used as bioindicators in applied ecosystem research, including that concerning conservation issues. Experienced scientists and beginners alike find the diversity of subjects covered intriguing and inspiring for continuing and starting their own research. The book is intended for students and researchers in biology and zoology (entomology), including morphologists, ecologists, soil scientists, evolutionary biologists, paleontologists, biogeographers, taxonomists and systematists."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Phylogeny of the family Staphylinidae
    A review of the fossil history of Staphylinoidea
    Biodiversity and geographic patterns of Neotropical Staphylinidae
    Adventive species of rove beetles in Canada
    Effect of environmental conditions on distribution patterns
    A review of Nearctic rove beetles (Staphylinidae) specialized on the burrows and nests of vertebrates
    Rove beetles as bioindicators in agroecosystems
    Parasites of Staphylinidae
    The biology of Steninae
    Biology of acarophagous Scydmeninae
    The evolution of genitalia, spermatophores
    Morphology of the endophallic flagellum
    Morphological diversity of immature Scydmaeninae.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Bernard Swynghedauw.
    Summary: This book describes the fundamental process of senescence, and reviews a new concept developed by a number of research groups that is based on cellular senescence and its secretome. This concept provides a basic explanation of the main physiological and pathological features of senescence, and delineates possibilities for "treating" it. Following an introduction to the emerging medical landscape, the increasing incidence of a new epidemiological group (age-related "chronic non-transmissible diseases"), and the multiple origins of aging, the book explores and characterizes the senescent cell, which is linked to benign and pathological age-related manifestations. In turn, the closing chapters discuss how to "treat" or "prevent" the aging process, underscoring the central role of physical exercise and caloric reduction as compared to new senolytic approaches. Appendices are also provided, and address circadian rhythms, telomere shortening, diabetic cardiomyopathy, and senescence in plants and bacteria. Given its scope, the book will primarily be of interest to geriatricians, but will also appeal to a wider range of clinicians.

    Contents:
    Intro; Acknowledgment; Abbreviations; Contents;
    1: Introduction; References;
    2: The Emerging Medical Landscape; 2.1 The Overwhelming Human Responsibility; 2.2 The Two Recent Epidemiological Transitions; 2.2.1 Throughout the World; 2.3 The Emergencies; 2.3.1 The Two Out-Of-Control Risks: Nuclear Power and Poverty; 2.3.2 Age, the First of the Emerging Risks; 2.3.3 Incidence of Non-Transmissible Chronic Diseases; 2.3.4 Other Age-Linked Diseases; References;
    3: The Origins of Ageing; 3.1 Genome Instability; 3.2 Genetics and Heredity; 3.3 Telomeres and Telomerase; 3.4 Proteostasis 3.5 Epigenetics3.6 Microbiota; References;
    4: The Senescent Cell, SC; 4.1 The Overview; 4.2 Consequences of Stem/Precursor Cell Proliferation Arrest; 4.3 The SC Secretome; 4.4 Fibrosis; References;
    5: The Nonfatal Clinical Manifestations of Ageing; 5.1 Hair, Skin, Adipose Tissue; 5.2 Bones, Muscles, and Joints; 5.3 General Conditions, Frailty Syndrome, Fluid Balance, Immune System; 5.4 Biological Rhythms; 5.5 The Senses and Sensitivity; References;
    6: Age-Linked Non-Transmissible Diseases; 6.1 Cancers; 6.2 Neurodegenerative Diseases; 6.3 Type 2 Diabetes and Metabolic Syndrome 6.4 Lungs, Kidneys and Liver Diseases6.5 The Senescent CV System; 6.5.1 The Senescent Myocardium; 6.5.2 The Senescent Vascular System; 6.5.3 Consequences of Change in Characteristic Arterial Impedance; 6.5.4 The Clinical Manifestations of Atherosclerosis; 6.5.5 Heart Failure in Senescence; 6.5.6 Atrial Fibrillation; References;
    7: How to Treat or Prevent, or Slow Down, Cellular Ageing and Senescence?; 7.1 The Various Attempts at Reprogramming; 7.2 Calorie Restriction; 7.3 Physical Exercise; References;
    8: Senescence: A Darwinian Evolutionary Perspective 8.1 Genetic Versus Environmental Factors in Senescence8.2 Senescence and Inflammation; References;
    9: Conclusions; 9.1 The Accession of Gerontechnologies; 9.2 The Adaptive Capacities; 9.3 The Gerontological Aspects of the Making of Ignorance; References;
    10: Summary; References; Annex A: Senescence in Plants and Bacteria; Annex B: Theories of Ageing; Complexity: Is Senescence Linked to a Loss of the Complexity That Is Inherently Linked to Life?; Annex C: Telomeres and Telomerase; Annex D: MicroRNAs, miRs; Annex E: Circadian Rhythms, a Fundamental Basis of Life; The Hypothalamic Clock Molecular MechanismsThe Peripheral Clocks; The Different Biological Rhythms: Sleep/Wakefulness; Hormones; Temperature; Molecular Correlations; Cell Physiology; Annex F: The Diabetic Heart; From a Biological Point of View; Glossary; References
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Christian E. Badr.
    Contents:
    Bioluminescence imaging : basics and practical limitations / Christian E. Badr
    Extraction and quantification of adenosine triphosphate in mammalian tissues and cells / Junji Chida and Hiroshi Kido
    Neuronal network imaging in acute slices using Ca2+ sensitive bioluminescent reporter / Ludovic Tricoire and Bertrand Lambolez
    Gaussia luciferase-based mycoplasma detection assay in mammalian cell culture / M. Hannah Degeling ... [et al.]
    Split gaussia luciferase for imaging ligand-receptor binding / Kathryn E. Luker and Gary D. Luker
    Video-rate bioluminescence imaging of protein secretion from a living cell / Takahiro Suzuki and Satoshi Inouye
    Bioluminescence reporter gene-based detection of microRNAs / Hae Young Ko, Young Sik Lee, and Soonhag Kim
    Monitoring of transcriptional dynamics of HIF and NFKB activities / Miguel A.S. Cavadas and Alex Cheong
    Real-time bioluminescent tracking of cellular population dynamics / Dan Close ... [et al.]
    Fabrication of bioluminescent capsules and live-cell imaging / Sung Bae Kim
    Bioluminescent imaging of spontaneously occurring tumors in immunocompetent ODD-luciferase bearing transgenic mice / Scott J. Goldman and Shengkan Jin
    Blood-based assay with secreted gaussia luciferase to monitor tumor metastasis / Hiroshi Yamashita, Dan T. Nguyen, and Euiheon Chung
    Bioluminescence imaging of fungal biofilm development in live animals / Greetje Vande Velde ... [et al.]
    Bioluminescent imaging of bacteria during mouse infection / Jonathan M. Warawa and Matthew B. Lawrenz
    Cell-based bioluminescence screening assays / Romain J. Amante and Christian E. Badr
    Bioluminescence-based monitoring of virus vector- mediated gene transfer in mice / Casey A. Maguire
    Simultaneous in vivo monitoring of regulatory and effector T lymphocytes using secreted gaussia luciferase, firefly luciferase, and secreted alkaline phosphatase / Grant K. Lewandrowski ... [et al.]
    Multiplex functional bioluminescent reporters using gaussia luciferase fused to epitope tags in an immunobinding assay / Sjoerd van Rijn, Thomas Würdinger, and Jonas Nilsson
    Noninvasive in vivo monitoring of extracellular vesicles / Charles P. Lai, Bakhos A. Tannous, and Xandra O. Breakefield
    In vitro and in vivo demonstrations of fluorescence by unbound excitation from luminescence (FUEL) / Joe Dragavon ... [et al.].
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Nusrat Rabbee.
    Summary: The world is awash in data. This volume of data will continue to increase. In the pharmaceutical industry, much of this data explosion has happened around biomarker data. Great statisticians are needed to derive understanding from these data. This book will guide you as you begin the journey into communicating, understanding and synthesizing biomarker data.-From the Foreword, Jared Christensen, Vice President, Biostatistics Early Clinical Development, Pfizer, Inc. Biomarker Analysis in Clinical Trials with R offers practical guidance to statisticians in the pharmaceutical industry on how to incorporate biomarker data analysis in clinical trial studies. The book discusses the appropriate statistical methods for evaluating pharmacodynamic, predictive and surrogate biomarkers for delivering increased value in the drug development process. The topic of combining multiple biomarkers to predict drug response using machine learning is covered. Featuring copious reproducible code and examples in R, the book helps students, researchers and biostatisticians get started in tackling the hard problems of designing and analyzing trials with biomarkers. Features: Analysis of pharmacodynamic biomarkers for lending evidence target modulation. Design and analysis of trials with a predictive biomarker. Framework for analyzing surrogate biomarkers. Methods for combining multiple biomarkers to predict treatment response. Offers a biomarker statistical analysis plan. R code, data and models are given for each part: including regression models for survival and longitudinal data, as well as statistical learning models, such as graphical models and penalized regression models. Nusrat Rabbee is a biostatistician and data scientist at Rabbee & Associates, where she creates innovative solutions to help companies accelerate drug and diagnostic development for patients. Her research interest lies in the intersection of data science and personalized medicine. She has extensive experience in bioinformatics, clinical statistics and high-dimensional data analyses. She has co-discovered the RLMM algorithm for genotyping Affymetrix SNP chips and co-invented a high-dimensional molecular signature for cancer. She has spent over 17 years in the pharmaceutical and diagnostics industry focusing on biomarker development. She has taught statistics at UC Berkeley for 4 years.

    Contents:
    Section I Pharmacodynamic Biomarkers 1. Introduction 2. Toxicology Studies 3. Bioequivalence Studies 4. Cross-Sectional Profile of Pharmacodynamics Biomarkers 5. Timecourse Profile of Pharmacodynamics Biomarkers 6. Evaluating Multiple Biomarkers Section II Predictive Biomarkers 7. Introduction 8. Operational Characteristics of Proof-of-Concept Trials with Biomarker-Positive and -Negative Subgroups 9. A Framework for Testing Biomarker Subgroups in Confirmatory Trials 10. Cutoff Determination of Continuous Predictive Biomarker for a Biomarker-Treatment Interaction 11. Cutoff Determination of Continuous Predictive Biomarker Using Group Sequential Methodology 12. Adaptive Threshold Design 13. Adaptive Seamless Design (ASD) Section III Surrogate Endpoints 14. Introduction 15. Requirement # 1: Trial Level
    Correlation Between Hazard Ratios in Progression-Free Survival and Overall Survival Across Trials 16. Requirement # 2: Individual Level
    Assess the Correlation Between the Surrogate and True Endpoints After Adjusting for Treatment (R2 indiv) 17. Examining the Proportion of Treatment Effect in AIDS Clinical Trials 18. Concluding Remarks Section IV Combining Multiple Biomarkers 19. Introduction 20. Regression-Based Models 21. Tree-Based Models 22. Cluster Analysis 23. Graphical Models Section V Biomarker Statistical Analysis Plan
    Digital Access TandFonline 2020
  • Digital
    Thomas D'Hooghe, editor.
    Contents:
    Building translational research infrastructure and access to expertise for biomarker discovery in cancer / Jacqueline A. Hall
    Biomarkers of endometrial cancer / Nicolas Galazis
    Biomarker development in chronic inflammatory diseases / Aristeidis H. Katsanos [and 6 others]
    Endometriosis and diagnostic delay: the patient's perspective / Silke Apers, Eline A.F. Dancet, and Thomas D/Hooghe
    Genetic biomarkers for endometriosis / Sang Hong Lee, Yadav Sapkota, Jenny Fung, and Grant W. Montgomery
    Epidemiological and clinical risk factors for endometriosis / Leslie V. Farland [and 4 others]
    Peripheral blood biomarkers for endometriosis / Amelie Fassbender [and 4 others]
    Biomarkers for endometriosis in saliva, urine, and peritoneal fluid / Ndeye-Aicha Gueye [and 5 others]
    mRNA and miRNA biomarkers for endometriosis / Lusine Aghajanova, R.O. Burney, N.D. Tran, and Linda C. Giudice
    Proteomic biomarkers for endometriosis / Amelie Fassbender [and 4 others]
    Harmonization of clinical and laboratory data to improve biomarker discovery in endometriosis: WERF EPHect / Nilufer Rahmioglu [and 7 others]
    OMICs studies and endometriosis biomarker identification / Merli Saare [and 5 others]
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Sudhir Srivastava, PH. D, MPH.
    Contents:
    Nuts and bolts of biomarker research / Sharmistha Ghosh and Sudhir Srivastava
    Cancer genome methylation : biology, biomarker and therapeutic opportunities / Shashwat Sharad, Taduru Sreenath, Shiv Srivastava, and Albert Dobi
    Microrna biomarkers for early detection of cancer / Wendy Wang, Matthew R. Young, and Sudhir Srivastava
    Inflammation and cancer / Pamela L. Beatty, Sandra Cascio, and Olivera J Finn
    Exosomes : a valuable biomedical tool in biomarker discovery and development / Jocelyn Lee, Sharmistha Ghosh, and Sudhir Srivastava
    Epithelial-to-mesenchymal transition (EMT) : clinical implications / Elisa CWoodhouse and Suresh Mohla
    Breast cancer / Benjamin A. Katchman, Christos Patriotis, and Karen S Anderson
    Ovarian cancer / Christos Patriotis, Archana Simmons, Karen H. Lu, Robert C. Bast, Jr, and Steven J. Skates
    Esophageal cancer biomarkers / Yanxin Luo, Kishore Guda, Sanford Markowitz, Amitabh Chak, Andrew M Kaz, and William M Grady
    Predictive biomarkers for therapy in adenocarcinoma of the upper digestive tract / Heath D Skinner, Qiongrong Chen, Elena Elimova, Roopma Wadhwa, Shumei Song, and Jaffer A Ajani
    Pancreatic cancer / Sam CWang and Peter J Allen
    Colon cancer / Paul DWagner
    Prognosis and predictive biomarkers for colorectal cancer / Upender Manne, Balananda-Dhurjati Kumar Putcha, Temesgen Samuel, and Sudhir Srivastava
    Early detection of lung cancer / Mohamed Hassanein, Melinda C. Aldrich, Stephen A. Deppen, Karl E. Krueger, Eric L. Grogan, and Pierre P. Massion
    Commonalities in lung cancer and COPD / Malgorzata Wojtowicz and Eva Szabo
    Prostate cancer / Jacob Kagan, Ian M. Thompson, and Daniel W. Chan
    Improving the clinical validity of biomarker research in cancer detection / David F. Ransohoff
    Cancer overdiagnosis, ramifications and research strategies / Barbara K. Dunn and Barnett S. Kramer
    Predictive markers and driver genes from treatment trials : potential utility for early diagnosis / Brian S. Sorg, Sarfraz Memon, Kelly Y. Kim, Aniruddha Ganguly, Tracy Lively, James Tricoli, Magdalena Thurin, Lokesh Agrawal, Tawnya C. McKee, Barbara A. Conley, and J. Milburn Jessup
    Statistical consideration in predictive and prognostic markers / Fei Ye and Yu Shyr
    Clinical validation of molecular biomarkers in translational medicine / Harry B. Burke and William E. Grizzle
    Cancer biomarker assays : performance standards / Anna K Fuzery and Daniel W. Chan
    Bioethics and cancer biomarker research / Nathan Nobis, William Grizzle, and Stephen Sodeke
    Colon cancer screening / Molly Perencevich, Jennifer Inra, and Sapna Syngal.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    editor, Hideaki Shimada.
    Summary: This book sheds new light on research into liquid biopsy biomarkers for cancer screening. The chapters in the first half address exosomes, circulating cell-free DNA and autoantibodies, and main solid cancers, along with companion biomarkers - all of which serve as the basis for exploring key research questions for future clinical trials in the book's second half. The study of biomarkers has evolved rapidly thanks to advances in precision medicine. While conventional cancer biomarker research is focused on proteomics or gene analysis of resected tissue, diagnostic markers have since become significant in terms of gauging the effectiveness of molecularly targeted drugs or the likelihood of a favorable prognosis. In addition, conventional treatment strategy, which draws on archives of resected tissue samples, is now gradually being replaced by monitoring with the use of liquid biopsy, which is poised to become the new mainstream in molecular targeting therapy. The contributing authors discuss in detail biomarkers, molecular targets for treatment, monitoring markers to evaluate treatment responses, prognostic markers, and screening and early diagnosis. Accordingly, this excellent collection of texts will benefit not only oncologists, but also medical and biological researchers and pharmaceutical scientists involved in the latest cancer research.

    Contents:
    I. General Statement
    1.Exosomes
    2.Cell Free DNA
    3.Autoantibody
    4.Serum Protein
    Part II. Application to Each Cancer
    5.Head and Neck Cancer / Esophageal Cancer
    6.Gastric Cancer
    7.Colorectal Cancer
    8.Liver Cancer
    9.Pancreas Cancer
    10.Lung Cancer
    11.Breast Cancer
    12.Prostate Cancer
    13.Gynecological Cancers
    14.Malignant Pleural Mesothelioma.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sulen Sarioglu, Ozgul Sagol, Anil Aysal, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to examine all immunohistochemical and molecular pathological biomarkers that can be useful and effective in patient diagnosis, prognosis and treatment decision, especially when faced with a carcinoma of unknown primary. For this purpose, epithelial malignancies of all systems and related biomarkers are examined one by one, and to look at the subject through the metastatic regions window, biomarkers that can be used to determine the primary focus for carcinomas seen in the areas most frequently metastasized are emphasized. With this bi-directional perspective, the reader is able to find biomarkers of any type of carcinoma on a system basis, as well as access to which biomarkers can be used when faced with a metastatic carcinoma. The importance of biomarkers in patient follow-up and treatment is also conveyed through the clinician's eye, and so biomarkers are handled with a holistic approach in all aspects. This book primarily targets pathologists, as well as clinicians (oncologists and surgeons) who manage cancer patients.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1) Definition of Tissue-based Biomarkers Its Place in Medicine and Molecular Pathology
    Chapter 2) The Concept and Mechanisms of Metastasis
    Chapter 3) Biomarkers in Skin Carcinomas
    Chapter 4) Biomarkers in Head and Neck Carcinomas
    Chapter 5) Biomarkers in Pulmonary Carcinomas
    Chapter 6) Biomarkers in Endocrine Organ Carcinomas
    Chapter 7) Biomarkers in Gastrointestinal System Carcinomas
    Chapter 8) Biomarkers in Hepatopancreatobiliary Carcinomas
    Chapter 9) Biomarkers in Urinary Tract and Male Genital System Carcinomas
    Chapter 10) Biomarkers in Gynecological Carcinomas
    Chapter 11) Biomarkers in Breast Carcinomas
    Chapter 12) Diagnostic Approach According to More Frequent Metastatic Sites-Liver, Lungs, Bone, Lymph Nodes
    Chapter 13) Diagnostic Approach According to Uncovered Metastatic Sites - Mediastinum-Timus, Peritoneum, Central Nervous System, Soft Tissue
    Chapter 14) Management of the Patients with Primary Unknown Carcinoma and the Role of Biomarkers
    Chapter 15) Treatment Approach to Carcinomas of Unknown Primary
    Appendix.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Uttam Garg, Laurie D. Smith.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction to laboratory diagnosis and biomarkers in inborn error of metabolism
    2. Amino acids disorders
    3. Organic acid disorders
    4. Disorders of mitochondrial fatty acid β-oxidation
    5. Urea cycle and other disorders of hyperammonemia
    6. Newborn screening
    7. Carbohydrate disorders
    8. Mitochondrial disorders
    9. Lysosomal storage disorders: mucopolysaccharidoses
    10. Lysosomal storage disorders: sphingolipidoses
    11. Peroxisomal disorders: clinical and biochemical laboratory aspects
    12. Disorders of purine and pyrimidine metabolism
    13. Biomarkers for the study of catecholamine and serotonin genetic diseases
    14. Cerebral creatine deficiency syndromes
    15. Congenital disorders of glycosylation
    16. Disorders of vitamins and cofactors
    17. Disorders of trace metals
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Nik Sheng Ding, Peter De Cruz, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive and complete overview of biomarkers in clinical practice for inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) bringing together the literature in a clear and concise manner. The book bridges the gap between growing knowledge at the bench and current and future applications of biomarkers in clinical practice. The central structure of the book focuses on prognostic and predictive biomarkers in IBD with an emphasis on the fields of research and scientific techniques (genomics, proteomics and metabonomics) that have led to biomarker discovery and places these biomarkers within a clinical context to help understand their utility in clinical practice. This book will be of use to clinicians who have an interest in using biomarkers in clinical practice as well as clinician researchers and scientists involved in the biomarker research pipeline. The author team comprises experts from around the world in order to bring together the literature in an effort to inform clinicians and researchers about the current state-of-the art in biomarker discovery. It is intended to assist future research efforts and indicate how biomarkers might be best applied to clinical practice both at present and in the future.

    Contents:
    Part I: Introduction
    nflammatory bowel disease – more than meets the eye
    Clinical risk factors – lessons from epidemiology
    Clinical trial design for biomarker discovery
    Database/ big data meets real world
    Patient reported outcomes
    Part II: Biomarkers – Prognostic vs Predictive
    Biomarkers for remote monitoring
    Disease modification
    Part IIV: Crohns disease
    Luminal Crohns disease-. Perianal CD
    Fibrosis/ strictures in CD
    Post-op Crohns disease
    Part IV: Ulcerative colitis
    UC surveillance
    Acute severe UC
    Chronic active UC
    Pouchitis
    Refractory proctitis
    Feacal microbiota transplantation
    Primary sclerosing cholangitis
    Extraintestinal manifestations of IBD
    Part V: Specialised scenarios
    Pregnancy
    Nutrition
    TDM
    Biomarkers to quantify immune response
    Drug toxicity
    Part VI:Scientific
    Exposome and diet
    Microbiota
    Metabonomics
    Immunology
    Genomics
    Systems Biology in Biomarker research
    Part VII: Ideal tools for investigation in the future.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Fausto Rodriguez, Cheng-Ying Ho.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Special Techniques
    Biobanking and Regulations
    Public Databases
    Biomarkers applied to specific tumor types
    Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Filipe Palavra, Flávio Reis, Daniela Marado, Armando Sena, editors.
    Contents:
    Inflammation biomarkers and cardiometabolic risk
    Cardiovascular disease
    Diabetes mellitus and metabolic syndrome
    Ischemic stroke
    Chronic kidney disease
    Immune-mediated inflammatory rheumatic diseases
    Cardiometabolic risk, inflammation and neurodegenerative disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Alexey Moskalev, editor.
    Summary: This book collects and reviews, for the first time, a wide range of advances in the area of human aging biomarkers. This accumulated data allows researchers to assess the rate of aging processes in various organs and systems, and to individually monitor the effectiveness of therapies intended to slow aging. In an introductory chapter, the editor defines biomarkers of aging as molecular, cellular and physiological parameters that demonstrate reproducible changes - quantitative or qualitative - with age. The introduction recounts a study which aimed to create a universal model of biological age, whose most predictive parameters were albumin and alkaline phosphatase (indication liver function), glucose (metabolic syndrome), erythrocytes (respiratory function) and urea (renal function). The book goes on to describe DNA methylation, known as the "epigenetic clock," as currently the most comprehensive predictor of total mortality. It is also useful for predicting mortality from cancer and cardiovascular diseases, and for analyzing the effects of lifestyle factors including diet, exercise, and education. Individual contributions draw additional insight from research on genetics and epigenetic aging markers, and immunosenescence and inflammaging markers. A concluding chapter outlines the challenge of integrating of biological and clinical markers of aging. Biomarkers of Human Aging is written for professionals and practitioners engaged in the study of aging, and will be useful to both advanced students and researchers.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction
    Alexey Moskalev Section-1: BIOMARKERS OF AGING AND HEALTH Chapter 2: Practical Detection of Biological Age: Why it is not a trivial task
    Ancha Baranova Tiange Cui, Boris Veytsman Chapter 3: Biological age is a universal marker of aging, stress, and frailty
    Timothy V. Pyrkov, Peter O. Fedichev Chapter 4: Biomarkers of health and healthy ageing from the outside-in
    Jonathan Sholl, Suresh Rattan Chapter 5: Biomarkers of aging
    Yizhen Yan, Yonglin Mu, Weiyang Chen, Jing-Dong J. Han Chapter 6: Review of molecular and cellular biomarkers of aging
    Ilya Solovyev, Mikhail Shaposhnikov, Alexey Moskalev Section-2: PROTEOMICS AND GLYCOMICS BIOMARKERS OF AGING Chapter 7: IgG glycans as a biomarker of biological age
    Vilaj M, Gudelj I, Trbojević-Akmačić I, Lauc G, Pezer M Chapter 8: Oxidatively modified proteins and maintenance systems as biomarkers of aging
    Bertrand Friguet, Martin Baraibar Chapter 9: Is impaired proteodynamics a key to understand the biomarkers of cellular aging?
    Jacek M. Witkowski, Tamas Fulop Section-3: GENETICS AND EPIGENETICS AGING MARKERS Chapter 10: Genetic markers of extreme human longevity
    Paola Sebastiani, Anastasia Gurinovich, Harold Bae, Thomas T Perls Chapter 11: Epigenetic biomarkers of aging
    Morgan E. Levine Chapter 12: DNA methylation biomarkers to assess biological age -Dmitiriy Podolskiy, Vadim Gladyshev Chapter 13: Epigenetics of brain aging: lessons from chemo brain and tumor brain
    Anna Kovalchuk, Bryan Kolb, Olga Kovalchuk Chapter 14: Approaches and methods for variant analysis in a cell
    Alexej Abyzov, Flora M. Vaccarino, Alexander E. Urban, Vivekananda Sarangi Section-4: IMMUNOSENESCENCE AND INFLAMMAGING MARKERS Chapter 15: Is there any reliable biomarker for immunosenescence and inflammaging?
    Tamas Fulop, Alan Cohen, Glenn Wong, Jacek M Witkowski, Anis Larbi. Chapter 16: Immune parameters associated with mortality in longitudinal studies of very old people can be markedly dissimilar even in apparently similar populations
    Graham Pawelec, David Goldeck Chapter 17: Gut microbiota and aging
    Kashtanova DA, Tkacheva ON, Strazhesko ID, Dudinskaya EN, Kotovskaya YuV, Popenko AS, Tyaht AV, Alexeev DG Section-5: SYSTEMS BIOLOGY OF AGING, BIOLOGICAL AGE AND MORTALITY MARKERS Chapter 18: Deep integrated biomarkers of aging
    Polina Mamoshina, Alex Zhavoronkov Chapter 19: Quantification of the biological age of the brain using neuroimaging
    James Cole, Katja Franke, Nic Cherbuin Chapter 20: Arterial aging: the role of hormonal and metabolic status and telomere biology
    Irina D. Strazhesko, Daria A. Kashtanova, Ekaterina N. Dudinskaya, Olga N. Tkacheva Chapter 21: Circulating Biomarkers of Aging
    Hongxia Zhang, Brian Wang, Kunlin Jin Chapter 22: Molecular signature of aging driven by Wnt signaling pathway: Lessons from nematodes
    Marco Lezzerini, Yelena V. Budovskaya. Chapter 23: The problem of integrating of biological and clinical markers of aging
    Arnold Mitnitski Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Charles L. Edelstein.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Characteristics of an Ideal Biomarker of Kidney Diseases / M.R Bennett aand P. Devarajan
    Chapter 2: Statistical Considerations in Analysis and Interpretation of Biomarker Studies / C.R. Parikh and H. Theissen Philbrook
    Chapter 3: The Role of Metabolomics in the Study of Kidney Diseases and in the Development of Diagnostic Tools / U. Christians, J. Klawitter, J. Klepacki and J. Klawitter
    Chapter 4: The Role of Proteomics in the Study of Kidney Diseases and in the Development of Diagnostic Tools / U. Christians, J. Klawitter, J. Klepacki and J. Klawitter
    Chapter 5: Cystatin C as a Multifaceted Biomarker in Kidney Disease and Its Role in Defining "Shrunken Pore Syndrome" / A. Grubb
    Chapter 6: Biomarkers in Acute Kidney Injury / C.L. Edelstein
    Chapter 7: Biomarkers of Extra-Renal Complications of AKI / S. Faubel
    Chapter 8: Biomarkers in Kidney Transplantation / S. Jain and A. Jani
    Chapter 9: Biomarkers of Renal Cancer / N.S. Vasudev and R.E. Banks
    Chapter 10: Proteomics and Advancements in Urinary Biomarkers of Diabetics Kidney Disease / M.L. Merchant and J.B. Klein
    Chapter 11: Biomarkers of Cardiovascular Risk in Chronic Kidney Disease / Z.H. Endre and R.J. Walker
    Chapter 12: Diagnostic and Prognostic Biomarkers in Autosomal Dominant Polycystic Kidney Disease / G. Fick-Brosnahan and B.Y. Reed
    Chapter 13: Biomarkers in Glomerular Disease / J.M. Arthur, E. Elnagar and N. Karakala
    Chapter 14: Biomarkers in Preeclampsia / S.A. Karamanchi.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Lars A. Akslen, Randolph S. Watnick, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews different aspects of the cancer microenvironment, and its regulation and importance for tumor progression. Methodological advancements and practical applications, in terms of how biomarkers are studied and increasingly included in clinical trials and therapy protocols, are described and discussed. Biomarkers of the Tumor Microenvironment is an educational resource for students and members of the cancer research community as a whole, especially for those using morphology analysis techniques and models focusing on the cross-talk between different cell types in tumors. The textbook provides a comprehensive overview of the microenvironment in various contexts from the perspectives of experienced and accomplished cancer researchers and clinicians.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    Prologue
    Basic Studies: Tumor Mechanisms and Tissue Biomarkers
    The Role of the Tumor Microenvironment in Regulating Angiogenesis
    Vessel co-option in melanoma
    Tissue Based Biomarkers of Tumor-Vascular Interactions
    Molecular phenotypes of endothelial cells in malignant tumors
    Lymphatics in malignant tumors
    Role of the Extracellular Matrix in Tumor Stroma Barrier or Support?
    Importance of tissue architecture in cancer development and progression
    The Tumor Microenvironment as a Target for Therapeutic Modulation and Monitoring
    Tumor-fibroblast interactions
    Stromal PDGF Receptors as Prognostic and Predictive Biomarkers
    Inflammation and Cancer, the Role of Lipid Signalling in the Continuum Between Two Ends of the Tumor Spectrum
    Cancer Immunity and Immune Evasion Mechanisms
    Drivers of EMT and Immune Evasion
    Inflammatory Biomarkers for Cancer
    Tumor Infiltrating Lymphocytes: Methods and Guidelines
    The Role of Platelets in the Tumor Microenvironment
    Regulation of Tumor Progression and Metastasis by Bone Marrow-Derived Microenvironments
    Neuropilin 1 and Neuropilin 2: Cancer Progression and Biomarker Analysis
    The Role of Axl Receptor Tyrosine Kinase in Tumor Cell Plasticity and Therapy Resistance
    Imaging mass cytometry in studies of the tumor microenvironment
    Artificial intelligence in studies of malignant tumors
    Clinical Applications: Organ Related Biomarker Studies
    Gene Expression Signatures of the Tumor Microenvironment: Relation to Tumor Progress in Breast Cancer
    MR-Derived Biomarkers for Cancer Characterization
    PDX-models and small animal imaging in studies of gynecologic cancers
    The Influence of Tissue Architecture on Drug Response: Anti-Cancer Drug Development in High-Dimensional Combinatorial Microenvironment Platforms
    Models of Tumor Progression in Prostate Cancer
    Prostate biomarkers
    Immune responses in lung cancer
    Tumor-vascular interactions in non-small cell lung cancer
    Tumor-Host Interactions in Malignant Glioma
    The Tumor Microenvironment in Cutaneous Melanoma Friend or Foe?
    Biomarker Panels and Contemporary Practice in Clinical Trials of Targeted Therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Véronique Migonney.
    Contents:
    History of biomaterials / Véronique Migonney
    Definitions / Véronique Migonney
    Materials used in biomaterial applications / Géraldine Rohman
    Biocompatibility and norms / Véronique Migonney
    Bioactive polymers and surfaces: a solution for implant devices / Véronique Migonney
    Functionalization of biomaterials and applications / Céline Falentin-Daudre
    Biomaterial structures for anterior cruciate ligament replacement / Cédryck Vaquette
    Animal models for orthopedic applications of tissue engineering / Véronique Viateau, Adeline Decambron, Mathieu Manassero
    Ceramic materials for dental prostheses / Amélie Mainjot
    Dental adhesives / Mathieu Derbanne, Stéphane Le Goff, Jean-Pierre Attal
    Glass ionomer cements: application in pediatric dentistry / Elisabeth Dursun, Stéphane Le Goff, Jean-Pierre Attal
    List of authors.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    volume editor, Sanjukta Deb.
    Contents:
    Biomaterials in relation to dentistry / Deb, S.
    Polymer therapeutics in relation to dentistry / Rojo, L., Deb, S .
    Biological impact of bioactive glasses and their dissolution products / Hoppe, A., Boccaccini, A.R.
    Organic-inorganic composites toward biomaterial application / Miyazaki, T., Sugawara-Narutaki, A., Ohtsuki, C.
    New advanced materials for high performance at the resin-dentine interface / Toledano, M., Osorio, R.
    Nanobiomaterial coatings in dentistry / Choi, A.H., Cazalbou, S., Ben-Nissan, B.
    The effect of titanium surface modifications on dental implant osseointegration / Annunziata, M., Guida, L.
    Global gene expression analysis for the assessment of nanobiomaterials / Hanagata, N.
    Membranes for periodontal regeneration
    a material perspective / Bottino, M.C., Thomas, V.
    Biomaterials in the reconstruction of the oral and maxillofacial region / Ayoub, A., Al-Fotawei, R.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    Birru Bhaskar, Parcha Sreenivasa Rao, Naresh Kasoju, Vasagiri Nagarjuna, Rama Raju Baadhe, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Susmitya Bose, Amit Bandyopadhyay Roger Narayan.
    Summary: This volume is a collection of research papers from the Next Generation Biomaterials and Surface Properties of Biomaterials symposia which took place during the Materials Science & Technology 2013 Conference & Exhibition (MS&T'13) in Montréal, Quebec, Canada.

    Contents:
    Front Matter
    Bioactive Glass-Ceramic Scaffolds with High-Strength for Orthopedic Applications / EA Aguilar-Reyes, CA León-Patiño, E Villicaña-Molina, L-P Lefebvre
    Metallurgical Characterization of Laser-Sintered Cobalt-Chromium Dental Alloy / Ahmed Fathalah, William A Brantley, Yong-Hoon Jeong, Stephen F Rosenstiel, Matthew S Bryington, William AT Clark, Carl Drago
    Mechanical Properties, Microstructures, and Biocompatibility of Low-Cost [beta]-Type Ti-Mn Alloys for Biomedical Applications / Ken Cho, Mitsuo Niinomi, Masaaki Nakai, Junko Hieda, Pedro Fernandes Santos, Yoshinori Itoh, Masahiko Ikeda
    Microstructural Characteristic of Nano Calcium Phosphates Doped with Fluoride and Titanium Ions / Serap Gungor, Zafer Evis
    Development of Implants Composed of Hollow Hydroxyapatite Microspheres for Bone Regeneration / M N Rahaman, W Xiao, B S Bal
    Porous Titanium Implants Fabricated by a Salt Bath Sintering Process for Bone Repair Applications / MN Rahaman, BS Bal, T Huang
    Navigating the Uncharted Waters of the New AIA U.S. Patent Law / Paul A Serbinowski
    Comparative Analysis of Hydroxyapatite and Titanium-Based Bioscaffolds Fabricated Via Adaptive Foam Reticulation / James Winnett, Kajal K Mallick
    Laser Processing of Tricalicum Phosphate Reinforced Cobalt
    Chrome Alloy Coatings / Thomas Gualtieri, Himanshu Sahasrabudhe, Susmita Bose, Amit Bandyopadhyay
    Effect of Degree of Deacetylation of Chitosan on Macrophage Function / Shalini V Gohil, Lakshmi S Nair
    PECVD SiOx Accelerates Hydroxyapatite Surface Formation for Enhanced Early Osteogenic Differentiation / M F Velten, T Odatsu, PB Aswath, N Kamiya, H Kim, VG Varanasi.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Jani Macari Pallis, Jill L. McNitt-Gray, George K. Hung, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an overview of biomedical applications in sports, including reviews of the current state-of-the art methodologies and research areas. Basic principles with specific case studies from different types of sports as well as suggested student activities and homework problems are included. Equipment design and manufacturing, quantitative evaluation methods, and sports medicine are given special focus. Biomechanical Principles and Applications in Sports can be used as a textbook in a sports technology or sports engineering program, and is also ideal for graduate students and researchers in biomedical engineering, physics, and sports physiology. It can also serve as a useful reference for professional athletes and coaches interested in gaining a deeper understanding of biomechanics and exercise physiology to improve athletic performance.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Equipment Design and Manufacturing
    Best Design and Innovation Practices
    Equipment Design Methodology
    Ergonomics and/or Biomechanics
    Equipment Design
    Facility Design
    Performance Tracking: Analytics, Transmissions, Camera Networking, Feedback to the Athlete
    Material Selection
    Manufacturing Practices: Sustainability, Cost Reduction, Environmental Friendly and Sustainable Approaches
    Part 2: Quantitative Evaluation Methods
    Experimental Methods
    Data Collection/Acquisition Techniques and Technology: Instrumentation, Software
    Experimentation Techniques
    Wind Tunnels
    Camera Systems
    Gait Systems
    Examples of Custom Built Systems from Different Sports
    Overview of Numerical Methods
    Computational Modeling
    Wearable Sensors
    Part 3: Sports Medicine and Bioengineering
    Sports Medicine: Injury Epidemiology
    Traumatic Brain Injury: Equipment Design Considerations, Evaluation of Equipment and Training Effectiveness
    Rehabilitation
    Sports Protective Equipment
    Part 4: Special Topics
    Life Cycle: Considering Gender, Age and Ability Differences
    Methodology and Considerations Equipment Design for Individuals with Disabilities
    Science and Engineering Transfer: Communicating the New Science/Technology to Coaches, Trainers, Athletes
    Tissue Engineering and Biomechanics.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Masataka Kawai.
    Summary: Back cover -Why this book? This book covers a broad area of STEM (science, technology, engineering, and mathematics) disciplines, and is written for those interested in biophysics / biomechanics. It includes viscoelasticity, chemical kinetics, system analysis, muscle biology/biophysics and mechanics, analog and digital electronics, methods for interfacing experimental systems to a computer, and the mathematics needed for all of these. Only the bare essentials are given and many accessory elements are removed, so that it is easier to understand the concepts. Hence the book is brief and short. It is written so that a beginner can understand it, yet the principles can be applied to a variety of advanced systems. Special cases are handled, but readers should be able to apply them to their own projects and expand on them. This book also includes exercises for important theories and equations to be verified, and hints/answers to them are given at the end. If a theory or an equation is not apparent, readers are encouraged to prove them on their own, and convince themselves of their correctness. The equation may not be as difficult as it appears initially. Trying to solve a problem by oneself fosters good thinking, creativity, and independence. Sections of this book were originally written for the purpose of teaching our experimental approaches and methods to new members of our laboratory. It is comprised of six chapters: chapter 1 defines viscoelasticity, chapter 2 describes chemical reactions, chapter 3 teaches how to characterize them, chapter 4 is their application on muscle biology, chapter 5 covers basic mathematical skills needed for these studies, and chapter 6 describes the electronic and computer interfacing of the experimental apparatus including programming. Chapters 1-5 are suitable for biophysically and mechanically oriented students. Chapters 5-6 are also suitable for electrical engineering and computer science students to acquire the basic concepts of electricity, a knowledge on analog and digital circuits, the interfacing of experimental apparatus to computers including programming. It is not necessary to read this book from the beginning, you can start from any chapter based on your interest and need. In a sense, this book is similar to "case-based learning (CBL)", which is a frequently used technique in today's medical schools to teach students. A special patient case is brought out, and students are asked to organize their thoughts around it. By discussing the case with colleagues and researching the literature, the students set up hypotheses, think about the mechanisms and search for remedies. This book describes a special case and discusses it, but the lessons learned can be applied to numerous systems using similar methods and principles, and avoids generalization because that would make the theories abstract and more difficult to understand.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Dominique G. Poitout, editor.
    Contents:
    I. Introduction
    II. Biocompatible Materials
    III. Tissue Biomechanics and Histomorphology
    IV. Biomechanics of Bone Growth
    V. Applications of Biomechanical Principles to Orthopedics and Traumatology
    VI. Applications of Biomechanics Principles to Oncology
    VII. Articular Biomechanics.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Nikolai Aleksandrovich Bernstein.
    Summary: This book comprises a series of lectures given by celebrated Soviet neurophysiologist Nikolai Alexandrovich Bernstein in Moscow in 1925 and first published in Russian in 1926. Bernstein's groundbreaking work, which has had a significant influence on the development of neuroscience, movement studies, and other fields of study in Russia, Eastern Europe, and the West, was suppressed during Stalin's regime. At the time of its publication, Biomechanics for Instructors was a significant resource for teachers, with its descriptions of the movement of joints and degrees of freedom, illustrations of how to calculate the work capacity of muscles with bones acting as levers, the role of the central nervous system in movement, and more. Though the terminologies and methods have changed and been updated as research and technologies have progressed, the book remains a valuable introduction for those interested in Bernstein's work more generally, and to those involved in the study of biomechanics. This book is also of interest to historians and philosophers of neuroscience, as well as those involved in movement studies in both the scientific and artistic domains, and to physiotherapists and those involved in sports research and practice. -- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Cheng Dong, Nastaran Zahir, Konstantinos Konstantopoulos, editors.
    Summary: "This book covers multi-scale biomechanics for oncology, ranging from cells and tissues to whole organ. Topics covered include, but not limited to, biomaterials in mechano-oncology, non-invasive imaging techniques, mechanical models of cell migration, cancer cell mechanics, and platelet-based drug delivery for cancer applications. This is an ideal book for graduate students, biomedical engineers, and researchers in the field of mechanobiology and oncology"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    The National Cancer Institute investment in biomechanics in oncology research / Anthony Dickherber, Shannon K. Hughes, Nastaran Zahir
    DNA mechanics and topology / Sumitabha Brahmachari, John F. Marko
    Mechanics of the cell nucleus / Dong-Hwee Kim, Jungwon Hah, Denis Wirtz
    Extracellular matrix stiffness exists in a feedback loop that drives tumor progression / Allison K. Simi, Mei-Fong Pang, Celeste M. Nelson
    Microenvironment influences cancer cell mechanics from tumor growth to metastasis / Deepraj Ghosh, Michelle R. Dawson
    Mechanical forces in tumor angiogenesis / Matthew R. Zanotelli, Cynthia A. Reinhart-King
    From cancer immunoediting to new strategies in cancer immunotherapy: the roles of immune cells and mechanics in oncology / Virginia Aragon-Sanabria, Gloria B. Kim, Cheng Dong
    Exposing cell-itary confinement: understanding the mechanisms of confined single cell migration / Bin Sheng Wong, Panagiotis Mistriotis, Konstantinos Konstantopoulos
    Modeling cell migration mechanics / Louis S. Prahl, David J. Odde
    Engineered models of metastasis with application to study cancer biomechanics / Michelle B. Chen, Roger D. Kamm, Emad Moeendarbary
    Biomechanics of the circulating tumor cell microenvironment / Benjamin L. Krog, Michael D. Henry
    Platelet-based drug delivery for cancer applications / Nerymar Ortiz-Otero, Zeinab Mohamed, Michael R. King
    Biomaterials in mechano-oncology: means to tune materials to study cancer / Shelly R. Peyton, Maria F. Gencoglu, Sualyneth Galarza, Alyssa D. Schwartz
    Design of fiber networks for studying metastatic invasion / Apratim Mukherjee, Aniket Jana, Brian Koons, Amrinder Nain
    Traction force microscopy for noninvasive imaging of cell forces / Jeffrey A. Mulligan, François Bordeleau, Cynthia A. Reinhart-King, Steven G. Adie
    Noninvasive imaging: Brillouin confocal microscopy / Miloš Nikolić, Christina Conrad, Jitao Zhang, Giuliano Scarcelli.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Thomas K. Uchida.
    Summary: An engaging introduction to human and animal movement seen through the lens of mechanics. How do Olympic sprinters run so fast' Why do astronauts adopt a bounding gait on the moon' How do running shoes improve performance while preventing injuries' This engaging and generously illustrated book answers these questions by examining human and animal movement through the lens of mechanics. The authors present simple conceptual models to study walking and running and apply mechanical principles to a range of interesting examples. They explore the biology of how movement is produced, examining the structure of a muscle down to its microscopic force-generating motors. Drawing on their deep expertise, the authors describe how to create simulations that provide insight into muscle coordination during walking and running, suggest treatments to improve function following injury, and help design devices that enhance human performance.

    Contents:
    First steps
    Walking
    Running
    Muscle biology and force
    Muscle architecture and dynamics
    Musculoskeletal geometry
    Quantifying movement
    Inverse dynamics
    Muscle force optimization
    Muscle-driven simulation
    Muscle-driven walking
    Muscle-driven running
    Moving forward.

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides drug information targeted for patients. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.